[
    {
        "ch": "To prepare for the ferry flight with LDGs down, you will? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do cabin pressurization test to ensure aircraft is ready for non-pressurized flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch in avionic to L/G ON position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the Green hydraulic safety valve that stops hydraulic to LDG system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 05: TIME LIMIT",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 05-59-32-869-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Station number is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in millimeters of a cross section from the reference X datum",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in millimeters of a cross section from the relating A/C axis",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in inches of a cross section from the reference X datum",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 06:  DIMENSION AND AREAS",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-31-53 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "X datum (station 0) is located at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6382 millimeters from the forward of A/C nose",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "100 in (254cm) forward of aircraft nose",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The point of A/C nose",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-31-53 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Access doors and panels are identified by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number of the zone in which the panel is located followed by a two-letter suffix or a three-letter suffix",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number of the zone in which the panel is located followed by one letter suffix",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two-letter followed by the number of the zone in which the panel is located",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-40-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A/C area are divided in Zone base on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones, unit zones",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones, unit zones and a two-letter suffix",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-20-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Aircraft maintenance configuration before you lift the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the wheel chocks if they are in position, set the parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the wheel chocks, set the parking brake OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can do a loading/unloading or a fueling operation during lifting procedure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 07-08: LIFTING, SHORING, LEVELING AND WEIGHING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before you lift the aircraft make sure that: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits, and the cargo doors are closed and locked or fully open and locked",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits doors are closed and locked. Cargo doors must be closed and locked",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits, and the cargo doors are closed and locked",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft maintenance configuration before you lower the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear lever is set to DOWN",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground lock pins are in position on the main landing gear and the nose landing gear  ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground lock pins are in position on the main landing gear and the nose landing gear, Landing gear lever is set to DOWN, parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-586-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many points are designated for lifting the aircraft for maintenance operations: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front and one under each wing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front, one in the rear and one under each wing",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front, one under each MLG",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can tail safety stay be used to lift the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only with empty A/C",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only with A/C is empty and in hangar",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The tail safety stay is used to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Share load with the main jacks during jacking process",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the aircraft stable during landing gear retraction/ extension test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the aircraft stable on jacks during the maintenance",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main purpose of weighing A/C is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Find the operating empty weight of the aircraft and to calculate the center of gravity",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To find the zero fuel weight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Know the aircraft weight for passenger loading",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When weighing the A/C to find the operating empty weight of the A/C: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the fire extinguishers, oxygen masks and safety belts must be removed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine, APU, IDG oil must be checked and refilled to necessary level",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine, APU, HYD, IDG oil must be checked and refilled to necessary level",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Configuration for A/C weighing to find the operating empty weight: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All tools and protection devices on the aircraft must be removed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Empty all of Engine, APU, IDG oil",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Empty all of Engine, APU, HYD, IDG oil and drain fuel, water, waste tanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For A/C quick leveling you can use: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Spirit Level in the Passenger Compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Spirit Level in the FWD Cargo Compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can use any of ADIRU or spirit level in Fwd Cargo or Pax Compartment",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-21-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Jacking for wheel change: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the parking-brake selector switch to OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the CHOCK - WHEEL(S) are in position at the NLG and at the MLG (on the opposite side)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the aircraft is stable; CHOCK - WHEEL(S) are in position at the NLG and at the MLG on the side where do not remove wheels, and parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-12-00-582-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In towing configuration, the safety pin locks the control lever on the control box at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Towing position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 09: TOWING AND TAXIING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 09-10-00 PB201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cockpit, how do you know that the parking brake are released before towing sequence: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Parking brake selector in OFF, brake pressure indication on ECAM is at 0 and confirm with GND personnel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Parking brake selector in OFF; brake pressures pointes at 0 and confirm with GND personnel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check electrical control box, paring brake light go off",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 09-10-00 PB201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You push (in) and hold the HI LEVEL TEST to? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the HI level protection function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the lights and indication and Overflow protection function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the HI level protection function, Overflow protection function, lights and indication are tested.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 12: SERVICING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What test must do before MANUAL refuel? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light test; Overflow test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HI LEVEL test.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light test; Overflow test and HI LEVEL test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For manual refuel? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always refer to Refuel Distribution Graph.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always fill the outer tanks first.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can never fill the trim tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if you attempt to refuel with the T TK FEED switch on the FUEL panel 245VU set to ISOL?  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel will go to trim tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatic refuel progress cannot be started.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trim tank forward transfer will start.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "HP pneumatic GND cart can be used for? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Start the Engine, pressurize the water system and hydraulic RSVR and ACC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Running the packs if APU bleed and LP GND cart are not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Eng anti ice testing and pressurize the HYD ACCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-33-21-618-801- A01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Is it allowed to simultaneously supply Pack and LP GROUND cart during long stops in a hot airfield? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only one pack supplies.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, system damage may result.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, it is not possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-33-21-618-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the Special Precautions to apply Insecticide Agent in Cargo Compartments during Turn-Around: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smoke warning may occur",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo Ventilation controller must be selected OFF before applying insecticide agent",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recirculation system must be OFF before applying insecticide agent",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-21-12-670-805"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find characteristics and complimentary information of the Part Number: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IPC or AMM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM or AMM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IPC or ESPM",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 20: STANDARD PRACTICES & DOCUMENTATION",
        "ref": "Ref: IPC& ESPM /introduction/Definitions"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the AMM tasks, “CAUTION” is meant: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to use of materials, processes, methods, procedures or limits which must be followed precisely to avoid injury of death to persons",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to methods and procedures which be followed to avoid damage to equipment",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to methods which make the job easier or provide supplementary or explanatory information",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ Definitions"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM) content: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM & AWM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM & AWL",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM, AWM and AWL",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction// interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ASM gives: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wiring diagrams of the electrical installation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the item of equipment, semi-equipment and related wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "TSM gives: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Information required for trouble shooting is contained in the manual",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the item of equipment, semi-equipment and related wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "AWM gives: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wiring diagrams of the electrical installation",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the item of equipment, semi-equipment and related wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals."
    },
    {
        "ch": "AMM gives: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Information required for trouble shooting is contained in the manual",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The information required to service, repair, replace, adjust, inspect and check equipment’s and systems of the A/C normally performed on the ramp or in the maintenance hangar",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recommends that you use a torque wrench that has a torque value in the range of 30% to 80% of the full range.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can use a torque wrench to loosen a fastener.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You use a self-locking nut and self-sealing nut again.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-21-11-911-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is not necessary to prevent electrostatic discharge damage, because the A/C components have sufficient built-in protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is necessary to wear wrist straps for the Installation/replacement of OBRMs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We must wear wrist straps while replacing the LRUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-15-00-912-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why must we do the paint marking line after Standard or Specific tightening torque application? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To identify a tightened union.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To show the loosened union.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To identify a tightened union and may show the possible loosened union during inspection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-23-22-910-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why do we need to do the bonding procedure during the installation of the equipment or the part assembly (access doors, fairings, antenna, fittings or pipes etc.)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent lighting strikes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To make sure that there is an electrical continuity between electrically conductive parts (Two structural Parts or A system point and the structure).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To make sure there is a low voltage between two conductive parts",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-28-00-912-810"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of dual channel PC failure :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related pack operation no longer available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related pack flow is assured at 120%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCV is opens 80% in fail- safe position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 21: AIR CONDITIONING",
        "ref": "Ref P10-ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 And AMM 21-53-00-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the recirculation valves close? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When pack1 is off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When pack2 is off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When both packs are off",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P74-ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 and AMM 21-21-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FCV can be locked in :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open position by means of locking screw located on the valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close position by means of locking screw located on the valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either open or close position by means of locking screw located on the valve depending on nature of defect.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref MEL 21-51-01A, AMM 21-51-00-040-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement below is correct regarding the pack operation? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack operation is no longer available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack outlet temperature is assured by RAM air doors along with BPV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack outlet temperature is controlled to fixed setting by AIV",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P44- ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the main purpose of the anti-icing valve? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the primary heat exchanger",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the pack condenser",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Condenses humidity of air into water particles",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P34- ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700\\nRef P50 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the reheater? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reheat the air leaving the turbine",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To re-vaporise the remaining water particles not extracted by the water extractor",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the pack condenser",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P22-24 - ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of ACM failure: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack temperature control of the related pack is still made by modulating ram air doors and TCV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack temperature control of the related pack is downgraded to fix 11oC pack outlet temperature",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC automatically closes the associated FCV",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P44-47 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the compressor overheat protection? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of overheating, the pneumatic compressor-overheat sensor controls the FCV more close to decrease the flow pressure, decreasing the temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC fully closes the FCV in case compressor outlet temperature detecting overheat.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC fixes the RAI and RAO at fully open position to decrease the temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-53-00-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground if the turbofan of the air conditioning bay is seized and external horn is triggered :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is normal if at least one pack is running, the mechanic horn must be deactivated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is abnormal, the turbo fan seized failure cannot initiates the external horn warning",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is normal because at least one pack is still running",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P139 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 And TASK 21-25-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding illumination of the amber aft isolation valve ‘FAULT’ light? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically closes the aft cargo compartment isolation valves",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Means that either the inlet or outlet isolation valve(s) disagrees with the switch position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates that the extract fan has stopped",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref FCOM 1.21.50"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the isolation valves close? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of extract fan failed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of aft cargo smoke warning",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of AEVC failed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P94 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you be switching the cabin pressurization controller: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the LDG ELEV AUTO knob out of the AUTO position then back to AUTO",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the CABIN PRESS MODE SEL pushbutton to the MAN position then back to AUTO",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the cabin pressurization MAN V/S CTL switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref FCOM 1.21.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the consequence if a decompression panel in the cargo is failure? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo compartment shall be empty or no flammable materials cargo loaded",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No livestock allowed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin pressurization system warning “EXCEESS CAB ALT” may occurs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 25-50-01A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The supply of the avionics ventilation system is ensured by? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The recirculation fans of the cabin ventilation system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A specific blowing fan continuously powered on ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A specific blowing fan powered on ground and in flight when DELTA P lower than 1psi",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 21-26-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What if a fault occurred on one HOT AIR PRV valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remaining HOT AIR PRV valve will open to take over",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Related trim air valves are lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The trim-air shutoff valve opens to get the trim hot air",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-63-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the position of the avionic ventilation valves when OVRD is selected on the EXTRACT pushbutton? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve partially open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve closed, overboard valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve closed, overboard valve partially open",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P121 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to handle the A/C with an INOP Avionic ventilation Overboard Extract Valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully open position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully open position only for ground operation after engine shutdown",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully close position after engine start",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 21-26-02A, AMM 21-26-00-040-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the position of the avionic ventilation valves in flight/ or at least 1 engine running in AUTO mode? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve partially open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve closed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P121 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the negative pressure relief valve? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To avoid over temperature",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent negative differential pressure",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent negative differential pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA21- PRESSURIZATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to reset MCDU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull the C/B on the reset panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the MCDU OFF then ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use reset menu on system report test",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 22: AUTO FLIGHT",
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which part of FMGEC provides flight planning: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Guidance",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-71-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the purposes of Flight Director? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FD helps pilot monitor the AP orders if AP engaged and displays the Flight orders which would be followed if AP disengaged.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor AP orders only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Help pilots optimize the aircraft performance.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P18- ATA22 T1+T2 A330 RR TRENT700; ATA 22-11-00 AFS D/O"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft power by BATTERY only, which MCDU still available: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1 and MCDU 3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref ASM 22-84-01 MCDU 3 Supply"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you press instinctive disconnect p/b for more than 15sec (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR will be inhibited recovery engagement in whatever reason except alpha floor condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR can be engaged manually any time by means of the A/THR pushbutton switch located on the Flight Control Unit (FCU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR will be inhibited recovery engagement in whatever reason until the end of flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB 001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot (AP) disengages with an override on the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sidesticks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals or sidesticks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The radio navaids are tuned thru MCDU 1, 2 by the FMGEC with the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope (FE) part.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Guidance (FG) part.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management (FM) part.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If there is no interaction between two FMs, which mode does FM operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Single mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Back up navigation mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto flight system (AFS) test use to test: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFS Line Replaceable Units (LRUs).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Auto Pilot and Auto thrust functions only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGECs only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-96-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The land category 3 (CAT III) test is done on ground, engines stopped, and requires the use of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A radio altimeter simulator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight simulation tools",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All three hydraulic systems pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-97-00-740-801-A)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the auto thrust function is disengaged by setting all thrust levers to IDLE detect? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be active or not active depending on the position of the thrust levers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust levers control the engines.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust on the related engine is frozen at its last value just before the disconnection",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB001) or P38 ATA22 T1+T2 A330 RR TRENT700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FE part acquires the alpha floor detection signal from: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCSCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-62-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If at least one FCMC is valid, weight and CG parameters will be taken from (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope (FE)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPC",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-62-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which MCDU can be used to establish the flight plan? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All three MCDU 1,2,3",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When A/THR is engaged and active (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each engine will be controlled by each FMGEC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust is always above “CL” position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The A/THR system controls the engines",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When AP is engaged, which component will increase the load threshold? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rudder pedal",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The load thresholds on the side sticks and the rudder pedals are increased.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The load thresholds on the side sticks and the rudder pedals have not changed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Red Push buttons on the thrust levers are to? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnect the A/THR when any P/B is pressed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnect or re-connect the A/THR when necessary.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the A/THR function during flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With an AP engaged? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks and rudder pedals.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks; rudder pedals and thrust levers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After uploading of FMGEC 1, FMGEC 2 can be updated by using: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only by do the cross-loading procedure of the operational software and databases of FMGEC2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only by uploading function individually.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do cross-loading procedure or by uploading function of FMGEC2 individually.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 22-70-00-610-809-C01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To upload the NAV database, you must follow the sequence: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the SW-RESET/FMGEC1 (or SW-RESET/FMGEC2) first, selector on DATA LOADER switch to FMGEC 1(or FMGEC2) and then put the disk into the driver.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Selector on DATA LOADER switches to FMGEC 1(or FMGEC2), put the disk into the driver and then open the C/B SW-RESET/FMGEC1 (or SW-RESET/FMGEC2).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the SW-RESET/FMGEC1 (or SW-RESET/FMGEC2), put the disk into the driver and then selector on DATA LOADER switch to FMGEC 1(or FMGEC2).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 22-70-00-610-809-C01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The green bar lamp of any AP, FD, A/THR pushbutton INOP, you should (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the FCU immediately",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, it is non-MEL item.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Raise MEL and then carry out replacement later if have chance",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref IPC 22-81 and MEL 22-81"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which function has full authority on the Auto thrust? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Windshear detection",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alpha floor detection",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft CG detection",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FE module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From which computer(s) is the alpha-floor signal computed and detected? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the FE part of FMGEC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the FCSCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the FCPCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FE module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the pilot presses on the ALT p/b? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands an altitude level-off from the present altitude",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing happens",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot must also command the level-off thru V/S FPA mode and with V/S FPA = 0",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FG module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the A/THR function is engaged but not active? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The A/THR system controls the Engines and the A/THR p/b light is on",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust levers control the Engines and the A/THR p/b light is off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust levers control the Engines and the A/THR p/b light is on",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FG module – A/THR"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does “2FD-” mean? B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FD1 is failed and FD2 engaged",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FD2 is engaged on Captain Side",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FD2 is engaged on F/O side",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FG module – FMA"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the MASTER FMGEC with no FD engaged, AP2 engaged? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGEC1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGEC2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either FMGEC1 or FMGEC2 independently of AP-FD-A/THR engagement status",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FG module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "AP1 is engaged, FDs are engaged, A/THR1 engaged. How do the FMGECs work in normal conditions? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each FMGEC drives its own FD symbols, FMGEC1 supplies both FMAs, controls the flight controls and engines.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The master FMGEC drives FD symbols on both PFDs, supplies both FMAs, controls the flight controls and engines",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGEC1 drives FD symbols on CAPT PFD, supplies FMA on the CAPT PFD, controls the flight controls. FMGEC2 controls the engines",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FG module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In which case the FG function lost? B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of dual IRs failure",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of single IR failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of single ADR failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FE module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when ADR own or ADR3 is lost? B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no effect on the landing category",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing category is downgraded",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FE function is lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE - ATA22-FE module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which config of slat/flap is used in the computation in case of dual SFCCs failure? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The config obtained from the LGCIU according to the LDG config",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By default, the clean config",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By default, the flap/slat fully extended config",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE – ATA22-FE module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal configuration, the CMS interface for all the radio management panels (RMP), is directly ensured by : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 1 only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 3 only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 1 and RMP 3 in case the RMP1 is failed or off.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 23: COMMUNICATIONS",
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of radio management panel 1 (RMP 1) failure or off: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 3 is connected to the CMS through RMP 1.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BITE information is lost.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BITE information remained the same through RMP2 as hot standby.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Radio management panel 3 (RMP 3) is allocated to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF Data Radio 1 (VDR 1), VDR 2 and VDR 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 3, HF Data Radio 1 (HFDR 1) and HFDR 2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 3 and VDR 2 in case VDR3 failed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001) and P6 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of failure of radio management panel (RMP) 1 and RMP3, the tuning port(s) activated on HF 1 and HF 2, is (are): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and A and B on HF2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and A on HF2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and B on HF2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB 001) and P13 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If “COM VHF 1 EMITTING” is displayed on the EWD, it means that: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF Data Radio 1 (VDR 1) is controlled by Radio Management Panel 2 (RMP 2).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 1 is transmitting for more than 1 minute.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 1 is transmitting for more than 30 seconds.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-12-00 PB 001) And TSM 23-12-00-810-807-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal operation, VHF data radio (VDR) transceiver frequency control is performed by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any Audio control panels (ACPs)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs and the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) for all VDRs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs for all VDRs, and the ATSU for VDR3.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23- 81- 00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In abnormal operation, VHF data radio (VDR) 3 is switched in voice or data mode by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By Radio Management Panel 3 (RMP 3)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any Radio Management Panel (RMP) via the ATSU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-12-00 PB 001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air data inertial reference units (ADIRUs) send relative azimuth and relative elevation information. The processing of this data is done by the : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Satellite Data Unit (SDU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Beam Steering Unit (BSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High Gain Antenna (HGA).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-28- 00PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The audio management unit (AMU) comprises: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "And three cockpit amplifier cards.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three basic audio cards, cockpit amplifier cards, a SELCAL/BITE card, a flight interphone card and an emergency switching function.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three basic audio cards, cockpit amplifier cards, a SELCAL/BITE card, a flight interphone card.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB 001) and P46-47 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In reception, with a failure of the CAPT channel, the manual emergency mode is to set the audio switching selector to the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT ON 3 position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/O ON 3 position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NORM position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB001) and P52 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A SELCAL is indicated in the cockpit by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on one Audio Control Panel (ACP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on all the ACPs and an aural buzzer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on all the ACPs and triple click aural warning.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB001) and P58 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the active director fails, the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) displays a warning message, and the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is inoperative.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Standby director becomes the active Director",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The DEUs type A and DEUs type B are connected through connection boxes to one of the six main deck top lines will be cut off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23 -73-00 PB001) and P104 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of failure of normal power supply: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type A DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type A and type B DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type B DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-73-00 PB001 and P112-113 ATA23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The solid state cockpit voice recorder (SSCVR) operational test is performed at 6 minutes after the last engine is stopped on ground, to do so : (B1, B2) .",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The TEST P/B on the CVR control unit must be pressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RCDR GRND CTL P/B and the TEST P/B must be pressed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A TEST can be done from the MCDU via the Central Maintenance System (CMS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-71-00 PB001) and P162 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew conversations and warnings are recorded by the area microphone: (B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "And INPUT by channel 3 in the Solid-State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Filtered and pre-amplified the audio signals by Audio Management Unit (AMU) and then INPUT by channel 4 in the SSCVR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pre-amplified in the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) control unit and INPUT by channel 4 in the SSCVR",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-71-00 PB 001) and P160 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The INT/RAD switch on the ACP is used for establishing call from? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Handset.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Boomset.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Side-stick PTT handgrips.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-51-00-00 CONF 00 - AUDIO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AMS)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Reset the CIDS by pulling 2 C/Bs on the reset panel? (A, B2 )",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Whole cabin lights will be turn OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS will do a power up test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CIDS will stay powered, only cabin lighting control system to be reset.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-73-00-710-814-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Cabin AREA CALL PANEL indicates: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from the ground, cockpit, PAX and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX, EVAC signaling and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-73-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft power by EXT B and APU is inoperative, after engine 1 starts. The AC BUS 1: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by GEN 1 intermediately",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by both GEN 1 and EXT B for a short time only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by EXT B until we disconnect the EXT B out of network.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 24 ELECTRICAL POWER",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of there are more than 2 C/B pages to be displayed, how to check the next C/B page? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Press the RCL p/b",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Press the C/B p/b again or CLR p/b",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Next page will be auto display after 5 seconds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-67-24 PB001 and FCOM P22- 1.24.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground, Aircraft power is supplied by 2 aircraft batteries (BAT in AUTO position), which bus bar will be supplied? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BAT BUS and DC ESS BUS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS and AC ESS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS, DC BAT and AC ESS",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-38-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After replacing the IDG oil, how to reset the oil level sensor? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release the IDG p/b on the overhead panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release related GEN p/b on the overhead panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset the IDG C/B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-812-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is NOT correct when you disconnect the IDG with engine running? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the IDG pushbutton minimum 3s",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There must be at least 60 seconds between two operations of switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not disconnect the IDG below the under-speed threshold.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 24-21-00-710-808-A, AMM 24-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Recommendation when you replace the IDG Generator Control Unit (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize ground service bus only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize aircraft by ground power only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize aircraft by APU generator only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-22-34-000-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the green hydraulic system is supplied with the RAT, the emergency generator operation can be inhibited when: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flap and slat at zero position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats are extended.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When both engines are below 60% N2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-24-00 PB001 "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Press and hold the MAN ON pushbutton on EMER ELEC panel: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT extension in whatever condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT only extension in case of CSM/G automatic control fail",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSM/G will manually start if automatic control fail",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-24-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which situation will be introduced FAULT light on IDG pushbutton (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil filter clog",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil low pressure",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil low temp",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of TR is lost due to over current detection (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recover DC BUS by reset TR though MCDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recover DC BUS by RESET p/b on TR itself",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either by reset TR though MCDU or RESET p/b on TR itself",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-32-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Failure of ESS TR will lead to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BAT BUS lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS SHED lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS BUS is restored from the DC BAT BUS",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-35-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground the main power supply is cut off, set BAT 1 and BAT 2 to AUTO position (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Battery automatic cut-off logic will disconnect batteries out of network intermediately",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When BAT1(2) voltage is lower than 23 V during 16 seconds, the battery power supply relay is de-energized and contactor opens automatically disconnect batteries",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FAULT legend of the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-38-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The computer(s) which control(s) the main AC and DC contactors is/are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical Contactor Management Units (ECMUs).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Circuit Breaker Monitoring Unit (CBMU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The static inverter supplies the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESSential and AC ESS SHED BUSES.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS BUS only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS SHED BUS only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-28-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After differential pressure indicator (dpi) pops-out, you have to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) in all cases.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drain and replenish oil of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Follow the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM) alternate DPI reset procedure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-21-00-210-821-A and TASK TSM 24-21-00-810-834-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the APU generator oil temperature is above 185oC: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An immediate APU shutdown is performed by the ECB.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU generator is disconnected automatically.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU generator FAULT light comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-23-00 PB001, AMM 49-94-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the positions you can monitor the condition Open or Close of RCCBs (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On front face of the RCCB",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the C/B pages",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both on the C/B pages and on front face of the RCCB",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-50-00 PB001, AMM 24-53-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of microprocessor GAPCU fail (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not supply external power to aircraft",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only can connect EXT power B to aircraft by back up card inside the GAPCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only can connect EXT power A to aircraft by back up card inside the GAPCU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref 24-41-00- PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the IDG FAULT light activated? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of ENG FIRE",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the oil outlet temp is above about 185 degrees Celsius or oil pressure is less than 140 PSI",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "if oil pressure is less than 140 PSI with under speed condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Current Transformer (CT)...? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is a sensor used for the GCU internal differential and overload, overcurrent protection",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulates the current of the Generator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is not involved in the differential protection",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The low oil pressure warnings are inhibited by? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The low oil level",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The low IDG input speed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cold oil condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens in case of detection high oil temp of APU Gen? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually stop the APU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An automatic shutdown is performed by ECB",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ECB sends a FAULT message to ECAM",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C APU GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component connects the CSM/G to the ESSential networks? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Emergency Generator Contactor",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ESSential TR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The GCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C EMER GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component is used to control the speed of CSM/G? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The solenoid control valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The servo valve",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PMG",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C EMER GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of lost AC BUSes 1 and 2, when is the CSM/G active? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft in FLT, LDG extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At all the time",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft in FLT, LDG retracted",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- A/C EMER GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the static inverter operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the CSM/G is operative",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the main Gen are lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When no AC source is avail",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- STATIC INVERTER module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which TR is connected to external power A? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TR1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TR2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU TR",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- DC MAIN GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "BATT p/b is set to ON, in which condition does the FAULT light come ON? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Complete discharge the BATT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BATT thermal runaway or short circuit",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BATT overvoltage or undervoltage",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- DC MAIN GEN module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the protection for complete discharge open the BATT contactor? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On GND, when the BATT voltage is lower than 23 volts for 16 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In FLT, when the BATT voltage is lower than 20 volts for 16 seconds",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the BATT voltage is lower than 23 volts for 16 seconds at any time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- BCL module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computers monitor the 1PC1 and 1PC2? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECMU1 monitors the 1PC1 only and ECMU2 monitors the 1PC2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both ECMUs monitor 1PC1 and 1PC2 in parallel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECMU1 monitors the 1PC1 and 1PC2, ECMU2 monitors the 1PC2 only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- DC switching module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the status of 1PC1 and 1PC2 contactors during normal config? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1PC1 is closed and the 1PC2 is opened",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1PC1 is closed and 1PC2 is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1PC1 is opened and the 1PC2 is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- DC switching module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens in case of TR1 failure, not due to overcurrent? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BUS 1 is no longer supplied",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BUS 1 is recovered thru the DC BATT BUS and DC BUS 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Contactor 5PU1 remains closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- DC switching module"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens in case of loss of AC BUS 1? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS BUS and TR1 are no longer supplied",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS BUS and ESS TR are recovered from AC BUS 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS BUS and DC ESS BUS are not recovered",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- SYSTEM OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the CBMU operate? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In FLT only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On GND only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "As soon as A/c is powered up",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA24- CBMU DO"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Floor lightings are located under the seat pan of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain and First Officer seats only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain, First Officer seats and Third Occupant Seat",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain, First Officer seats and Fourth Occupant Seat",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 25: EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you adjust Captain and First Officer seats (electrical controls), when the seat reaches its limit position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electrical stop cuts off power supply to the gear motor.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gear motor runs until you release the control switch.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gear motor runs and locks the seat on the rack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Safety the affected seat in its stowed position and put a WARNING NOTICE, if not remove it.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must remove it.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Safety the affected seat in its stowed position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-22-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each PSU (Passenger Service Unit) contains: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A reading light panel, a cabin attendance call/reset, a loudspeaker, a information light sign.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A reading light panel and PAX air conditioning tube.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A lighted sign NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-25-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that no waste can be put into the waste compartment and make logbook entry.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the flapper-door cannot be opened.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell people not to use the galley-waste-compartment and seal with the aluminum foil tape.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-35-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate of the defective Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Seal the opening of the waste chute with self-adhesive tape and put a WARNING NOTICE.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons do not use the waste compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste container is empty, seal the opening of the waste chute with self-adhesive aluminum foil tape and put a WARNING NOTICE.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-40-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you open a door with the emergency control-handle set in the ARMED position, indications are given: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the applicable door, on the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) and on the display units of the ECAM system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP), at the applicable door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the display units of the ECAM system, at the applicable door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the emergency control handle to the ARMED position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The girt bar connects the girt of the pack assembly to the door frame structure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The girt bar disconnects the girt of the pack assembly from the door frame    structure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency operation cylinder pushes the door to the fully open position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door escape facilities have interfaces with: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS, the cabin emergency-lighting system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin emergency-lighting system, Door and Escape-Slide Control System (DSCS) and CIDS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door and Escape-Slide Control System (DSCS), the cabin emergency-lighting system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Means that the door cylinder is low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown if safety pin installed on slide bottle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slide bottle pressure is out of normal range (MIN/MAX)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-62-41-400-801, AMM 25-62-42-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What precaution for working on the PAX door escape slide raft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED, Slide inflation reservoir is safetied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door emergency control-handle is set to the DISARMED position, Door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED; Slide inflation reservoir is safetied.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slide inflation reservoir is safetied, Door emergency control-handle is set to the DISARMED position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-62-41 PB401, AMM 25-62-42-PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To prevent inadvertent activation of the fixed ELT, what should be noted: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in OFF prior installation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in AUTO prior installation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in MAN/RESET prior installation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-65-35 PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The emergency locator transmitter (ELT) can transmit on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two frequencies: for military and satellite system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two frequencies: for civil and military.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three frequencies: for civil, military and satellite system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-65 Description ELT"
    },
    {
        "ch": "An automatic operation of the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) occurs when the ELT is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connected to its system in the A/C and the G-switch detects an impact sufficient to start transmission.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connected to its system in the A/C and you do a self-test (BITE).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnected from its system, removed from the A/C and used in portable mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 25-65-00 PB001 )"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the APU fire detection loop A INOP, the MEL requires: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To monitor APU condition continuously in the CKPT during its GND operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not to operate the APU on GND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fire is made before each APU starts.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 26: FIRE PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 26-13-01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do the operational test of the APU Fire-Extinguishing System: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU MASTER SW P/B must be pushed to ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not need to push ON APU MASTER SW.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only push and hold the TEST P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are warnings if a smoke detection in the Avionics Compartment is confirmed by the SDCU: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning on the FIRE panel, the MASTER WARN light, message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning on the VENTILATION control panel, the MASTER WARN light, message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the MASTER WARN light,  message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-00-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you make sure a Waste-Bin Fire- Extinguishing Bottle is serviceable: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is in the green area.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the right of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the left of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-25-00 PB 601"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the APU fire Extinguishing can be operated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be operated manually only on the ground, from the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the EXT panel or from refuel/defuel station: push the APU EMERG P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight or on the ground, the crew can operate the system manually from the cockpit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you perform an operational test after a lavatory smoke detector replacement? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the MCDU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the FAP",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the MCDU and FAP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-17-15 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To replace a Pylon Fire Detector: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be used electrical or pneumatic tools to tighten the quarter-turn fastener on the fire detector clamp.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are no special warnings/ cautions/ notices for replacement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only use a manual screwdriver to loosen or tighten the quarter-turn fastener on the fire detector clamp.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-12-16 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the action must be done before removal of the APU fire extinguisher bottle? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the cartridge before disassembling the fire extinguisher bottle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not remove the cartridge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a cap on the cartridge before disassembling the fire extinguisher bottle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-41 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which circuit breaker(s) you must be opened, safetied when you do the operational Test of the APU Automatic Fire-Extinguishing through MCDU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU ISOL VLV.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU FIRE SQUIB A and B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU FIRE SQUIB A.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you make sure the APU low-pressure fuel-shutoff-valve is open when do the operational Test of the APU Automatic Fire-Extinguishing through the MCDU and a Test of the Fire Emergency Stop Relays? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "H2=’0’ and J4=’1’ are shown on the input parameters page FCMS DISCRETE INPUTS, at the grid reference.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "H2=’1’ and J4=’0’ are shown on the input parameters page FCMS DISCRETE INPUTS, at the grid reference.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the condition of the valve on SD page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The function of the flow metering system of LDCC fire extinguishing is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the agent of bottle 1 is released slowly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the agent of bottle 2 is released slowly.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Makes sure that the agent of bottles 1 & 2 are released slowly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-23-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you make sure a Waste-Bin Fire- Extinguishing Bottle is serviceable? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is in the green area.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the right of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the left of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-25-00 PB 601"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the APU fire Extinguishing can be operated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be operated manually only on the ground, from the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the EXT panel or from refuel/defuel station: push the APU EMERG P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight or on the ground, the crew can operate the system manually from the cockpit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many squibs assembly on each cartridge of a LDCC fire extinguishing bottle discharge head? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One squib A for bottle 1; one squib B for bottle 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two squib A for bottle 1; two squib B for bottle 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two: squib A and squib B.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-23-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the BITE of the FDU is performed from the MCDU via the CMS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft is on the ground only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We need to do flight simulation first.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Whenever aircraft is on the ground or in the air",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-12-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push the TEST pushbutton switch on APU fire panel, the operational test is initiated and it checks: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits and the squibs in the fire extinguisher cartridge",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits and the discharge circuit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits, the squibs in the fire extinguisher cartridge and the discharge circuit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-13-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you reset the AFECU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET p/b or open/ close AFECU c/b (31WF).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET P/B only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET P/B and reset via MCDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power supply to the squibs of each cartridge of LDCC fire extinguishing system: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hot bus supplies 28V DC to squib A, The DC bus supplies 28V DC to squib B.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hot bus supplies 28V DC to squib B, the DC bus supplies 28V DC squib A.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hot bus supplies 28V DC to both squib A and squib B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-23-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Engine fire and overheat detector is made up of? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sensing element and electrical connector assembly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sensing element and responder assembly.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A loop and responder assembly",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-12-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when engine loop A (B) fault is present and if a engine loop B (A) fault occurs after more than 5 seconds? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MASTER CAUT light; ENG 1 (2) DET FAULT message on EWD and The Single Chime sounds.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MASTER CAUT light; ENG 1 (2) LOOP FAULT message on EWD and The Single Chime sounds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MASTER CAUT light; ENG 1 (2) FDU FAULT message on EWD and The Single Chime sounds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-12-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When SDCU receives a warning signal from only one avionic smoke detector? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SDCU sends smoke signal to the A/C warning system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SDCU does a test of the associated second detector.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SDCU sends smoke signal to the A/C warning system if the second detector has a normal function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-15-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The responder of the fire/overheat detector consists of two switches: Integrity(monitor) switch and Alarm switch. What are the positions of these switches in case the detector sends a fire signal? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Integrity switch CLOSE, Alarm switch CLOSE",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Integrity switch CLOSE, Alarm switch OPEN.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Integrity switch OPEN, Alarm switch OPEN.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-12-00-PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push and hold the Test P/B on Engine Fire Panel, the signal to turn on FIRE light on the Engine Control Panel come from: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDU channel A for Engine 1, FDU channel B for Engine 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDU channel A only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDU channel B only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. ASM 26-12-01 SCH 01 P0003 SHEET 1 & ASM 26-12-01 SCH 02 P 0003 SHEET 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight/ground signal from LGCIUs to APU FDU channels A & B is used for: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A test from the CMS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increase flight leg in case of both CMCs fault.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Memorize faults in FDU BITE memory according to flight leg.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. VACBI ATA 26/Engine Fire Protection/Sys Interfaces"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the AFECU (Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control Unit) perform APU Auto shut down via ECB and trigger APU fire extinguishing system? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of APU fire and AFECU receives a ground signal from LGCIU 1&2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of APU fire and AFECU receives a ground signal from LGCIU 1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of APU fire and aircraft on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. VACBI ATA 26/APU fire protection/System presentation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Automatic Fire-Extinguishing Test through the MCDU, the message UNIT (36WF) or AFECU (36WF) is shown, it means? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The AFECU fault.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The test is OK.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The test is not responding.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the Aileron Droop function? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the slats and flaps are extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outboard ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the slats and flaps are extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the flaps are extended",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 27:  FLIGHT CONTROLS",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the Speed Brake Function :(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function is automatic (commanded from FMGEC)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function is ensured by spoilers 1 to 6",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function has priority order over roll order",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 66 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to extend the spoiler for maintenance? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the maintenance device of the related spoiler servo control in the 'M' position, move it to the extended position with your hand.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activate the related spoiler servocontrol in extended position then turn the maintenance device to ‘M’",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the maintenance device of the related spoiler servo control in the 'O' position, move it to the extended position with your hand.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-60-00-866-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In high-speed configuration the roll control is performed by :(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard ailerons and the roll spoilers 2 to 6",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outboard ailerons and the roll spoilers 2 to 6",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard ailerons only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 10 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each ruder servo control can operate in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two modes: active or damping mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three modes: active or damping or centering mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three modes: active or damping or bypass mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-24-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the case of control valve jamming, FCDCs initiate the warning when: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related ruder servo control is not pressurized",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related ruder servo control is pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-23 page 183"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the event of failure of both FCSCs, what happens to RTL (Ruder Travel Limitation)? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately provides the maximum rudder deflection configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately provides the minimum rudder deflection configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent STBY control permits to regain full authority of pedals and rudder at slat extension.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-23 page 185"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the side stick is released at 40o degrees of bank in normal law? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft stays at bank 40° and resumes flight path stability",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft rolls back to neutral and resumes flight path stability",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft rolls back to 33° and resumes flight path stability.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the event of a complete electrical failure of the flight control computers the Back-Up Yaw Damper Unit (BYDU) provides: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The turn co-ordination function",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Dutch roll damping function",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rudder trim function",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-26 page 196"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Alpha Lock? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function permits retraction the flap to 0 (config 1) from config 1+F when airspeed exceed the threshold",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function inhibits retracting slats from 1 to 0 at a high angle of attack or too low airspeed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function permits retraction the flaps to the deflection corresponding to the lever position just below the present one as airspeed exceeds the threshold",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 140 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal law, if one stick is rapidly pulled fully back, can the aircraft's maximum allowable 'G' load be exceeded? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. Rapid side stick deflection must never be made.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. At Maximum 'G' load, the side sticks are de-activated for 5 seconds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. The load factor limitation overrides side stick commands to avoid excessive 'G' loads",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of protections are provided if the aircraft is engaged in Alternate Law? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High angle-of-attack protection (Alpha 1).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nz law (with limited pitch rate and gains)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High speed protection (VMO 1)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each PRIM (FCPC) provides: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal control law and characteristic speed computations only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal, alternate and direct laws, speed brake and ground spoiler control logic, characteristic speed computations",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal and alternate laws only, speed brake and ground spoiler control logic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When applied, the Wing Tip Brakes are reset on ground :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pulling and pushing WTB C/B (circuit braker)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Via the MCDU and the CMC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By resetting both SFCCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component controls the rudder trim motors? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCSCs only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs and FCSCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal operation, what are the elevators and the THS controlled by? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCPC1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCPC2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCSC1",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- PITCH CTL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal operation, what are the two hydraulic motors of THS controlled by? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Elec motor1 and the other two are in STBY",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The three ELEC motor",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Elec motor 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- PITCH CTL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Concerning the WTB solenoid valves, which of the following statements is true? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each solenoid is the permanently de-energized in normal FLT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each solenoid is supplied by one HYD system and controlled by one SFCC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each solenoid is supplied by one HYD system and controlled by one SFCC and the other is HOT STBY",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- WINGTIP BRAKE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the WTB proximity switch data used for? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used on GND only by both SFCCs for WTB engagement test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used in FLT by either SFCC to confirm a fault detected by the other one",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used in FLT by both SFCCs to check that the WTBs are released",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- WINGTIP BRAKE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the causes of inhibition for the speed brake function? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats/flaps fully extended, and pitch attitude protection activated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats/flaps not fully extended and M.L.A function activated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats/flaps fully extended and M.L.A function activated; AOA protection activated; AOA protection activated",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- SPEED BRAKE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the necessary conditions for GND spoiler preselection? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GND spoilers armed and all throttles at idle or 1 throttle at reverse and the other below idle",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GND spoilers not armed and all throttles at idle",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All throttles at idle only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA27- SPEED BRAKE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of fuel tank unbalance: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel quantity indications can be pulsing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The concerned fuel quantity indications become amber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The last two digits are dashed with two horizontal amber lines",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 28: FUEL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of an APU fire, the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine and APU fuel pumps are stopped.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cross feed valve is closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU Low Pressure valve is closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auxiliary forward transfer valve controls the fuel flow between the (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner and center tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outer and inner tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trim and center tanks or inner tank",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-27-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pressure defuel procedure, the defuel configuration is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MODE SELECT to DEFUEL, TRANSF VALVE to OPEN and fuel pumps turned on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inlet valves close, isolation valves open and fuel pumps turned on.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inlet valves open, isolation valve open and fuel pumps turned off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-25-00-650-801 And Page626 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The operation of the jettison system can be ACTIVE only: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center and inner tank high level sensors are wet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pre-set jettison final gross weight is reached.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jettison is armed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: FCOM DSC.28.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which information’s FCMS get from the ADIRS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Acceleration and pitch and roll angles.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel data, attitude and acceleration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, acceleration and pitch and roll angles.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-42-00 PB001 & AMM 12-11-28-860-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crossfeed valve is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCs).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only manually control and monitor by FCMCs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A dual motor actuator (Manual and automatic motor).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 446-449 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Operating logic of the forward and aft APU pump depends on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground\\flight status and low fuel pressure switch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fwd and aft pump always run to prevent fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft pump always runs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aft APU pump and the forward APU pump can operate simultaneously upon detection of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An APU inlet fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency electrical configuration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push APU FUEL LINE VENT and low fuel pressure in the TT fuel transfer line.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-22-00 PB001, FCOM 28.10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each engine LP valve is controlled open or shut by the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCs).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Corresponding ENG MASTER or ENG FIRE P/BSW.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMCs or the corresponding ENG FIRE P/BSW.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 440-445 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crossfeed valve is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCs).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only manually control and monitor by FCMCs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A dual motor actuator (Manual and automatic motor).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 446-449 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Operating logic of the forward and aft APU pump depends on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground flight status and low fuel pressure switch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fwd and aft pump always run to prevent fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft pump always runs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aft APU pump and the forward APU pump can operate simultaneously upon detection of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An APU inlet fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency electrical configuration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push APU FUEL LINE VENT and low fuel pressure in the TT fuel transfer line.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-22-00 PB001, FCOM 28.10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the center tank is empty, the FCMC will (Optional): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "De-energize both center tank pumps and close both inner tank inlet valves.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "De-energize both center tank pumps and close both inner tank transfer valves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the inner tank inlet valves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 470 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FCMC controls the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner tank transfer valves only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outer tank inlet valves only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner tank inlet valves, outer tank inlet valves and inner tank transfer valves.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 28-26-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the T TK MODE P/BSW is set to FWD, FCMS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Still available to control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with high level protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with high level protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with not active high level protection",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-27-00 PB001 and Page 526 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The jettison system operation can only be initiated: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the (FCMS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually with the related P/Bs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the MCDUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: FCOM DSC.28.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The jettison system operation can only be stopped: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually with the related P/Bs only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the MCDUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the FCMS or manually with the corresponding P/Bs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the restrictor valve installed on the trim line is to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decrease the fuel flow in the refuel/defuel gallery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid a reverse flow from the trim tank to the refuel/defuel gallery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decrease the fuel flow go to the trim tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Suction defuels: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the MODE SELECT switch must be set to REFUEL and the necessary pump P/Bs are pushed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the necessary REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switches set to OPEN and the MODE SELECT switch must be set to DEFUEL.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the MODE SELECT switch must be set to DEFUEL and the necessary pump P/Bs are pushed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-25-00 PB301"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During refueling, the END Light (Green) flashing: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related fuel inlet valve closed when the fuel tank got the set fuel load.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A tank high level sensor has a failure, or a surge tank overflow sensor becomes wet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refueling completed, preselected fuel equal the actual fuel quantity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-42-00 PB001 And AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During ground transfer (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, Transfer Valves open, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, Transfer Valves open, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open and fuel pump is selected ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open and fuel pump is selected ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Steps to be performed for bleeding of the APU fuel line using FUEL VENT PUSH p/b: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the ground fuel transfer to the trim tank",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the APU Master SW to ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the ground fuel transfer to the trim tank and then pushes the FUEL VENT p/b to release the remaining air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM Task 28-22-00-870-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Electrical Emergency Configuration with the CSM/G supplied, which statement is correct? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main PUMP 2 is powered. If the left main PUMP 2 fails or is selected OFF, the right main PUMP2 replaces it automatically.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main PUMP 2 is powered.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both left and right main PUMP 2 are powered.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 638 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The actuator of engine LP fuel has two motors: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 2 supplies the motor 1, DC BUS 1 supplies the motor 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 1 supplies the motor 1, DC BUS 2 supplies the motor 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 2 supplies the motor 1, DC BAT BUS supplies the motor 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel that comes out from the “CTR TK VENTING/ DRAINING” drain mast is the indication of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel overflow in the Center tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel leak in center wing box.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal fuel leak. No maintenance action required.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 392 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The leak measurement solenoid valve is located between the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High pressure filter manifold and accumulator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine Driven Pump (EDP) and Fire Shut-Off Valve (FSOV).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure transducer and pressure switches.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 29: HYDRAULIC POWER",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-19-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The two check valves of the air pressure unit are used to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid back pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the line pressurized in case of pipe rupture.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Permits to avoid back pressure and keep hydraulic reservoir pressure in case of check valve failure",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-14-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMC can simulate: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A leak condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An overheating condition in the reservoir.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A reservoir depressurization.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-33-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A check of the alternate parking brake accumulator nitrogen pressure is done with the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operate the manual depressurization lever to release pressure from packing brake system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Accumulator pressurized with fluid.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reservoir de-pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 32-45-00-864-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After checking the manual extension of the RAT and before retracting it: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the blue hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do an interlock test.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the yellow system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-24-00-710-803A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ACMS report will display the RAT test status for: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spin-up and governing, pump operation, and anti-stall operation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Extension, spin-up and governing, pump operation, anti-stall operation, and retraction.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spin-up and governing, pump operation, anti-stall operation and retraction, but not extension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-24-00-720-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When checking the RAT gearbox oil level is correct: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No oil must be visible in the sight glass.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The oil level should be above the middle of the sight glass.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil level in visible at the sight glassed",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-24-54-400-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MCDU test function for the hydraulic system monitoring unit (HSMU) will: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform a test of the reservoir (fluid) overheat channel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the electrical pump overheat detection system only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) auto-depressurization mode only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-31-00-740-802A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Extension of the RAT on ground: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is always available by manual selection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Occurs automatically when all Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) are at LP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Occurs automatically following a green and blue reservoir low level.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-24-00-00 CONF 00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The green hydraulic system high pressure filter system includes: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A single HP filter on the HP manifold for all Engine Driven Pump (EDP) and electric pump supplies.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One filter for both EDP supplies at the HP filter manifold, and one filter at the output of the electric pump supply.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two filters at the HP manifold.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF 00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine 2 hydraulic fire shut off valve can: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut automatically following a blue reservoir low level.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut automatically following a RAT extension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Be closed by the overhead fire pushbutton.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-13-00-710-803D"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the A/C is on the ground, a leak measurement solenoid valve can be selected    shut to isolate the supply to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight controls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps or the slats.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary flight controls only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-19-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The electric pump 115VAC power supply is monitored by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic System Monitoring Unit (HSMU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Current Unbalance Detection Unit (CUDU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High/low voltage monitoring unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-21-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The G HP filter and sampling valve are located on the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold on the rear wall of the main landing gear bay",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold on the front wall of the main landing gear bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-53-400-818A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is not correct regarding leak measurement valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The leak measurement valve is a two position, three-way, solenoid-operated type.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is normally open. It is closed when the solenoid is energized, in this case there is a leakage flow.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is normally close. It is opened when the solenoid is energized, in this case there is a leakage flow",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-19-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The yellow electric pump will run during cargo door operation: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If external power is connected and available, MAIN BUS on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if external power is connected and selected ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if the yellow electric pump has been selected ON at the hydraulic",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "REF: T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700- ATA 29 P104"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground during cargo door control (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow leak measurement valve automatic closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow leak measurement valve automatic opened.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow leak measurement valve is not following cargo door control.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-19-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fluid drains into the recovery tanks by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An electric pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft speed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gravity",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-17-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding reservoir pressurizing system? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir pressurizing system is supplied in normal operation by high pressure air bleed from engine 1 LPC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The system can also be pressurized through the air-pressurization unit manifold, using air from aircraft bleed air system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The system can be pressurized from Engine 1 HPC or from aircraft bleed air system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-14-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The constant speed motor/generator drains into a tank located in the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow hydraulic compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green hydraulic compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue hydraulic compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-00-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the reservoir filling manual selector valves is to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cut off hydraulic power to isolate the flight controls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Give priority to the primary flight controls in flight only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To directs hydraulic fluid from supply reservoir of system which selected",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-16-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To carry out the leak test it is necessary to pressurize the system with: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An Engine-Driven Pump (EDP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An electric pump providing a minimum of 2,850 psi.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground service cart.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight, when the guarded leak measurement switch is released: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The leak measurement valve closes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The leak measurement valve position is not changed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The manual selector valves close.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-19-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if the hydraulic pressure drops ? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves give priority to the heavy load users.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves give priority to the essential systems.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves modulate the pressure to the users.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LP filter, which is installed in the return line below the reservoir, is fitted with a by-pass system and clogging indicator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Located on the HP manifold, the HP filter is of the non by-pass type without a clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Located on the HP manifold, the LP filter is of the by-pass type with a clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The priority valve:  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Isolates the heavy load users (Constant Speed Motor/Generator, Nose Wheel Steering, Landing Gear, Slat/Flap) in the event of low hydraulic pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is pilot-operated and spring biased in the open position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is pilot-operated and spring biased in the closed position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is true regarding hydraulic reservoir? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They compensate for variations in fluid volume due to the operation of the user services and to the fluid temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are designed to remain pressurized for at least 24 hours, at ISO temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They compensate for variations in fluid volume due to the operation of the user services and to the fluid temperature and they are designed to remain pressurized for at least 24 hours, ATA ISO temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Case drain filter of engine driven pump: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is installed on each engine fan case. It is of the bypass type with a clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is of the cleanable type.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is installed on each engine fan case. It is of the non-bypass type with a clogging indicator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00-00 CONF00 ``"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The current unbalance detector units (CUDU) is used to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the supply current of the electric pumps.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They detect a current balance and cut-off three phase power supply of the electric pumps.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the supply current of the electronic pumps and detect a current unbalance and cut-off three phase power supply of the electric pumps.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-21-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding reservoir filling filter: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With a bypass device, the filter element is of the replaceable type. It cannot be cleaned.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The clogging indicator is mechanical, a red button comes out to show when the filter element is too dirty.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir filling filter can be twice cleaned until filter free from contamination",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-16-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of reservoir pressurizing system: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurizing system ensures in each hydraulic reservoir an air pressure of 4.5 bars absolute in flight and on ground to avoid cavitations of the pumps on the ground and throughout the whole flight envelope.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It keeps the reservoir sufficiently air-tight in the event of failure of the pressurization system or after an engine shutdown.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurizing system ensures in each hydraulic reservoir an air pressure of 4.5 bars absolute in flight and on ground to avoid cavitations of the pumps on the ground and throughout the whole flight envelope. It keeps the reservoir sufficiently air-tight in the event of failure of the pressurization system or after an engine shutdown.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-14-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You select the leak measurement valves to?  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop the leak of hydraulic to minimize the risk of fire.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop movement of the high lift devices during maintenance.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used to isolate the hydraulic supply of the primary flight controls.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 ATA29 P120"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What hydraulic pump can only be controlled manually? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green electrical pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue electrical pump.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow electrical pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-12-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following components operates only on GND? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue electrical pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow electrical pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leak measurement valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-14-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "RAT can be extended from. (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYD control panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELEC control panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From either HYD control panel or ELEC control panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-24-00-869-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hydraulics system Safety Precautions is not correct: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure movement of the flight controls and the landing gear/doors are clear.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the safety devices and the warning notices are in position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can mix hydraulic fluid of the phosphate ester type with hydraulic fluid of the mineral-base type",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-00-00-910-805A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water ice protection system is controlled: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a P/B in the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a P/B on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 30: ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-73-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ice protection control unit status can be check on the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EWD of the ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) or FAP",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary Flight Display (PFD).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-73-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Escape slide locking mechanism are electrically heated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At first engine start-up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At door closed and armed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of icing conditions.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-46-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ice & rain protection system, the bite sensor, which interfaces directly with the central maintenance system, is the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probe.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detector.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-30-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Left- and right-wing anti-ice valves are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Identical and have the same locking procedure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Different but have the same locking procedure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Identical but have different locking procedures.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-11-00-040-801A and AIPC 30-11-05-23"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After deactivation of the engine air-intake anti-ice valve in the closed locked position, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW in the OFF position and make an entry in the A/C technical log",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW in the ON position and make an entry in the A/C technical log.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW on ANTI ICE valve and make an entry in the A/C technical",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-21-00-040-807A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The two water ice protection control units (IPCUs) are located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the avionics bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the cockpit and the other in the aft cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the avionics bay and the other in the aft cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-73-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight when the crew selects the wing anti-ice system ON, the configuration of the system is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids energized and valves open.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids energized and valves closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids de-energized and valves closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-11-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the flight crew selects engine anti-icing ON, the configuration of the engine anti-ice system is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid energized and valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid de-energized and valve open",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid energized and valve close",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-21-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many wing anti-ice valves are on each wing. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, one for slat 4 and one for slat 5,6 and 7.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, one for slat 4, 5 and one for slat 6 and 7.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three, one for slat 4, one for slat 5 and one for slat 6 , 7.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-11-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Disconnection of power supply to which computer will activate probe heat system? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PHC(s) and EIVMU(s).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LGCIU(s) and EIVMU(s).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PHC(s), EIVMU (s), LGCIU(s).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-11-00-00 CONF00 AND AMM 30-31-34-04 CONF 00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which slats are supplied with hot air? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All slats",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The 4 outboard slats",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The three inboard slats",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- WING ANTI ICE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when WING ANTI-ICE p/b is set to ON, on GND? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing anti –ice valves do not open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing anti –ice valves remain open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing anti –ice valves open for 30 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- WING ANTI ICE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the TAT probe heated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On GND, not in FLT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In icing condition only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In FLT, not on GND",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- PROBE ICE PROTECTION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the PITOT probe heated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In FLT, not on GND",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In icing condition only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal heating in FLT, low heating on GND",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- PROBE ICE PROTECTION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when EVMU power supply C/B is pulled? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing happens",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The windshield heating is cut off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The windshield and window are heated",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- WINDOW ANTI-ICE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens in case of a WHC failure? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Other WHC replaces the failed one",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The heating of related side is lost",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The failed WHC connects to the other",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- WINDOW ANTI-ICE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the window temp reaches +60 degrees Celsius? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The heating is cut off",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The WHC is disconnected",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30- WINDOW ANTI-ICE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The action(s) is/are required when you perform removal/installation of the DMU or FDIMU? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No specific action is required.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the upload procedure of the DMU or FDIMU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removal/installation like other LRU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 31: INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-36-34-400-802A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you display SD (System Display) image in case of the SD unit fault or set to off? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SD image is automatically displayed on upper ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SD image is automatically displayed on F/O ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can display SD image on upper ECAM by manual using ECAM control panel or use ECAM/ND Transfer switch to display SD image on Capt ND or F/O ND.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-68-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The STATUS message: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be left unrectified until the next C check.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Must be rectified before dispatched.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is “GO” item.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MEL – How to use"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Class 1 faults displayed on the PFR are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NO GO items.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GO IF items.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be NO GO items or GO IF items or GO items",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Classification of a fault can be found. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ECAM upper page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the STS page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the PFR.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the case of one SDAC, one FWC and two DMCs INOP. The EIS (Electronic Instrument System): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Still operates normally.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates with ECAM and Capt. EFIS available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates with EWD, Capt. PFD and F/O ND available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-60-00-00 CONF01 AND AMM 31-53-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is the main function of the Clock? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides UTC to FMGEC 1 & 2, the FDIU and the CMC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides GMT to FMGEC 1 and 2, the FDIU and the CMC1 and 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides UTC which is indicated on lower ECAM DU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-21-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The message CHECK HDG appears on the heading scale of the PFD and ND, it means: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No heading data from ADIRS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The heading data do not correct",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FWC detects a difference between the heading indications.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-64-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case ECAM DMC 2&3 are not valid (ECAM DMC 1 in normal operation), what happens with the ECAM display units? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ECAM display images are lost if ECAM/SWICHING Selector in AUTO position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECAM display units select inputs from ECAM DMC 1 with ECAM/SWICHING Selector in AUTO position 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECAM display units select inputs from ECAM DMC 1 with ECAM/SWICHING Selector in AUTO position 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-68-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Engine Standby Page is generated by: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EFIS parts of the DMCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-62-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of the failure message when it indicated on the left side of the EWD in a frame? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary Failure and Secondary Failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary Failure and Independent Failure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent Failure and Secondary Failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-51-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the Captain and F/O receive the same EFIS information? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If there is only a single source for EFIS indication, two EFIS parts have failed, and this status is called “Copy Mode”",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If two source for EFIS indication, one EFIS part have failed, and this status is called “Copy Mode”",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If three EFIS parts of DMCs are in normal operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-62-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Emergency operation (AC bus 1&2, DC bus 1&2 are not supplied): (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain PDF, Captain ND, ECAM are available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain PDF, Captain ND, EWD are available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain PDF, F/O PFD, ECAM are available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-68-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is the main function of the Clock? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides UTC to FMGEC 1 & 2, the FDIU and the CMC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides GMT to FMGEC 1 and 2, the FDIU and the CMC1 and 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides UTC which is indicated on lower ECAM DU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-21-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the difference between Alpha Call Up and Label Call Up? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alpha Call Up to read various parameters directly; Label Call Up to read selected digital data words, the readouts must be decoded then.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alpha Call Up to read selected digital data words, the readouts must be decoded then. Label Call Up to read various parameters directly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alpha Call Up and Label Call Up are a means to read parameters directly, but in different ways.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-36-00-00 CONF00 AND AMM 31-33-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is/are the function(s) of the FDIU (Flight Data Interface Unit)? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDIU collects various basic A/C system parameters, build up reports then transmits them to DMU and DFDR (Digital Flight Data Recorder) for recording.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDIU receives all parameters from all A/C systems then makes reports for sending via ACARS or print.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDIU collects various basic A/C system parameters, converts then transmits to FDR",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 31-33-00-00 CONF00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computers are involved in the ECAM function? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMCs and FWCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs, FWCs and DMCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA30-EIS-ARCHITECHTURE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computers are involved in the EFIS function? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs and DMCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWCs and SDACs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- EIS ARCHITECHTURE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does a warning message appear? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upper area",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left memo area",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right mem area",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ENGINE/WARNING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does a warning message replace? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Memos",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats/Flaps position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel indication",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ENGINE/WARNING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computer generates the audio signals? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDAC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWC",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ECAM D/O"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if the ECAM control panel fails? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the system page keys are inoperative",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot call the status page",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot cancel the alarms",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ECAM ABNORMAL."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal config, if the ECAM/ ND rotary selector is set to F/O position, which DMC drives the F/O ND DU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMC1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMC2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMC3",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- EIS DISPLAY SWITCHING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of DFDRS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Condition monitoring of the Engines",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To record mandatory parameters",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To record parameters in a solid-state memory for GND maintenance",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- DFDRS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which are the main functions of the ACMS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recording of mandatory FLT data requested by the Authority",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TSM of avionic computer only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine and APU condition monitoring and A/C performance monitoring",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ACMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the ACMS operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fully automatically",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually thru the MCDU only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually thru the MCDU and automatically thru the DMU",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ACMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of parameters (alpha call up or label call up) are displayed on MCDU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Real time parameters",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Averaged parameters",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Memorized parameters",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ACMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From which item can you print one of the last memorized reports? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "List of previous reports",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Store reports",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manual request reports",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref VACBI old LINE AND BASE MECH/AVNCS/ELEC COURSE- ATA31- ACMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Changeover valve is used to isolate leak on? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both NLG & MLG shock absorbers",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 32 LANDING GEAR",
        "ref": "Ref 32-31-00-00 CONF 00 - NORMAL EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "MLG changeover valve can be? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated one time only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated and reactivated for 3 time maximum with no limitation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated and reactivated for 3 time maximum after certain period of time interval",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-11-00-00 CONF 00 - MAIN GEAR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Energize the MLG secondary seal to confirm hydraulic leak. (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-energize primary seal not more than seven days.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-energize primary seal more than seven days.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not re-energize primary seal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-11-13-860-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Activation of which LDG changeover valve could require shock absorber height adjustment. (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG shock absorber",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG and MLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-11-00-00 CONF 00 - MAIN GEAR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How you confirm the leak of MLG gland seal? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual check on the chrome surface of the slide member for the film of hydraulic leak",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check for leak at the drain hole on the pitch trimmer attachment lug",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the hydraulic fluid content in the MLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-11-13-860-803-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "E/WD: LENGTHENING FAULT means? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG down locked but shortening mechanism has not locked in long position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG down locked but shortening mechanism has not locked in short position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a MLG system fault that has been exiting for extended period",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-11-00-00 CONF 00 - MAIN GEAR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To reset the LDG normal extension system after a free fall extension during flight, you do? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select the RESET on the free fall selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select the RESET on the free fall selector with Green system pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the LDG door ground control system with Green system pressurized to retract the doors",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-33-00-00 CONF 00 - FREE FALL EXTENSION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight configuration Precaution is applied when you? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jack the aircraft wheels off the ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open C/B of either LGCIU 1 or 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jack the A/C wheels off the ground and open C/B of either LGCIU 1 or 2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-00-00-860-804-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To have BRAKES Pressure Indicator INOP, MEL requires checking ALTN brake system, how you do that? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Yellow system and push pedals or set parking brake",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Blue system and push pedals",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Blue system and push pedals with A/SKID & N/W STRG ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Mel 33-44-02"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To have a brake INOP, MEL requires the Green and Blue brake systems associated with operative brakes are operative, it means? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the Green hydraulic pumps are operative",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the Blue hydraulic pumps are operative",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The green and blue brake systems associated with the operative brakes are operative. The tachometers associated with the operative brakes are operative. The affected brake is deactivated or removed. The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Mel 32-41-01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the brake unit attached to the MLG axle? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the brake rod and torque pin",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By bolts located around the brake unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the torque pin and bolts located around the brake unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-27-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you set the parking brake during main wheel replacement? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake ON; jack axle; brake OFF; remove/install wheel; torque axle nut; brake OFF; lower jack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake ON; jack the axle; remove/install wheel; brake OFF; torque axle nut; lower the jack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake OFF; jack axle; brake ON; remove/install wheel; brake OFF; torque axle nut; lower jack.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For wheel replacement, can you can lift the two axles of the bogie  beam of the same MLG at the same time? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, keep the bogie beam level position to prevent extension of the pitch trimmer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the AFT jack must always be higher than the FWD to prevent too much load on the aft axle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, you are not allowed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is permissible during jacking for main LDG wheel change? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo, PAX loading.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gate docking.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the safety devices on the landing gear",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Parking brake is effective?  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; at least one BATT at AUTO; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; BATT at AUTO; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you do if you see the red light on the Electric Box at NLG comes on during towing? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake is ON, you cannot tow the aircraft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not further towing allowed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake pressure is low, you are not allowed to tow aircraft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 09-10-00-584-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the FAULT light illuminate on NWS TOWING/ PUSH TO RESET P/B (in the CKPT)? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU has detected a failure, the system needs to be reset before towing can be continued.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NWS cannot be disconnected, A/SKID & NWS P/B need to be OFF for further towing operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not further towing allowed until you completed required inspection on the steering system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 09-10-00-584-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you do if you found the aircraft had rolled out with main wheel # 3 deflated? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-inflate wheel #3 to normal pressure range and monitor for 24 hours.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace wheel #3 before A/C departure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace wheel #3 and the adjacent wheel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 09-10-00-584-807-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wheels mixability precaution is applied for? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only radial tires can be installed on the NLG wheels",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Radial and bias tires can be installed on the nose wheels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mixability allowed only for new tires.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-00-200-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Excessive shoulders wear of the tire is the indication of: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Too much operation on wet runway.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underinflated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overinflated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-803-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You will have to remove the wheel? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if the tire is worn to the base of all grooves all around its circumference.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can see any reinforcing material.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Its adjacent wheel pressure is 15% underinflated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-803-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When installing the main wheel, you torque? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice with the same torque value.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice, the first one with lower value than the second.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice, the first one with higher value than the second.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is NOT true: Brake unit is considered defective when? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leakage found on any piston.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wearing pin is longer than a certain value.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A wear pin is missing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you do if you found one wear indicator pin on a brake unit is missing? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This brake is serviceable if another indicator is still in limit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft can be dispatched like it is. No action is required.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The brake is no longer serviceable. It needs to be deactivated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When TORQUE the axle nut during installation of the main wheel? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel in the direction of the axle nut rotation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel counterclockwise.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel in the rolling direction of AFT to FWD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During wheel installation, after applying the required final torque value, if the axle nut slots still do not align with the bolt holes in the axle, what you do: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove this wheel and install another wheel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove and reinstall the wheel until you get them aligned.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slightly tighten axle nut until you get them aligned.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Landing gear safety pins shall be installed on landing gears: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During landing gears Retraction/ Extension test on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During A/C maintenance operation or parking on ground.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent possible gears and doors operation on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-41-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You open the LDG doors on GND with: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green reservoir and the Green hydraulic system depressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green reservoir and the Green hydraulic system pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Doors opening not depend on pressurization of Green system and RSVR.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-22-00-010-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The brake triple indicator needles are not moving during? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal brake.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alternate brake.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-42-00-00 CONF 00 - NORMAL BRAKING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do you bleed the brake system at the brake unit? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the pedals as moderately as possible.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the pedals as quickly as possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not use the pedals brake. Use the parking brake only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-27-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During the main wheel brake replacement, the brake torque pin? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Need to be NDT checked for crack before use if new part is not available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Need to be attached with the removed brake unit and sent back to store",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Need to be NDT checked for crack before use if new part is not available and to be attached with removed brake unit and set back to store.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-27-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct regarding greasing during replacement of brake unit? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply as much as possible the high temperature type of grease to all surface’s contacts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Axle sleeves need to be removed for greasing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply as much as possible the high temperature type of grease to all surface’s contacts, axle sleeves need to be removed for greasing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-42-27-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The LDG door uplock can be opened? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanically by ground door opening",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulically in normal configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanically by ground door opening and hydraulically in normal configuration.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which unit gives the landing gear DOWN LOCKED information to LDG control panel? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LGCIU 1 only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either LGCIU in turn",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both LGCIUs simultaneously.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-61-00-00 CONF 00 - INDICATING AND WARNING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Interface between the external power supply and navigation light during towing? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From electrical box-oversteer warning 8GH.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External power receptacle A",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External power receptacle B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-45-00-00 CONF 00 - PARKING/ULTIMATE EMERGENCY BRAKING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With parking brake applied and brake pedals pressed, the pedals brake. (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will always be deactivated",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will be activated if blue pressure drops while Green pressure available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both parking brake and pedals brake will be activated at the same time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-45-00-00 CONF 00 - PARKING/ULTIMATE EMERGENCY BRAKING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You use the manual depressurization lever located on the hydraulic parking brake manifold to? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the air pressure charged in the accumulator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release the pressure from the parking brake system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-45-00-00 CONF 00 - PARKING/ULTIMATE EMERGENCY BRAKING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the power from the DC essential bus bar is not available, how long can EPSU supply the power to emergency lights: (A , B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 15 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 30 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Minimum 10 minutes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 33: LIGHTS",
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 70, SYSTEM DESCRIPTION – EPSU"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When cockpit door is opened and the engine is running, the forward LH entrance light intensity is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dimmed to 50%",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dimmed to 10%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 20, CABIN LIGHTS D/O – CABIN LIGHTING (continued) – OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In abnormal configuration such as either rapid cabin decompression or a total CIDS failure, the cabin lights: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 100%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 50%",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 10%",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 20, CABIN LIGHTS D/O – CABIN LIGHTING (continued) – OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the signal from engine transmits to CIDS to dim forward LH entrance illumination to 10% when cockpit door is opened and the engine is running? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The oil pressure signal",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The N1 signal",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The N2 signal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-21-00-00 CONF 00 (Rev 11/2024) para 7.B:"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case NAV light system uses source from the towing tractor supply, which NAV light system will operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 1 and system 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-41-00-00 CONF 00 (Rev 11/2024) Para 7. AND Schematic 33-41-00-14400-D00 SHEET 1/1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You turn ON the engine scan lights when the MID PAX L/H or R/H DOOR opens, the corresponding engine scan light still ON. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is abnormal, you must do the trouble shooting.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L/H Engine scan light always ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "R/H Engine scan light always ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-49-00-00 CONF 00 (Rev 11/2024) Para 3: “When the RH or LH mid passenger/crew door is open, the engine scan lights do not operate” AND Para 5: “The engine scan lights come on only, when the RH and LH mid passenger/crew doors are closed”"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you put the switch of dome light to STORM position and the switch 29LE on left rear panel in the cockpit to OFF position? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dome lights still on",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The doom light off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The doom light dim to 10%",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. FCOM-VJC(A330/A340)-DSC-33-10-30-OVERHEAD PANEL-(4)-STORM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the difference between the STORM and BRT position of dome light switch 5LE? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the switch in the BRT positions the doom light has 90% brightness.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the switch in the STORM positions the doom light has 90% brightness.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brightness of the dome lights are the same when the switch in the STORM position or in the BRT position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-12-00-710-801-A (Rev 11/2024) Para 4."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why does the brightness of the dome lights decreases when we turn the switch 5LE to DIM position? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Because the lamps are supplied in parallel by group of two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Because the lamps are supplied in series by group of two",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Because of only a haft of lamps illuminate",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-12-00-00 CONF 00 Para 3."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In storm conditions, with interior dome light switch in STORM position, what is the brightness of flood lighting? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full brightness and not depend on the position of rheostat",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "80% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 88, AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM LINE MAINTENANCE, COCKPIT LIGHTS (continued), FLOOD LIGHTING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When lavatory doors are closed and locked: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluorescent lights come on 50% light intensity and the mirror lights are OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluorescent lights come on 50% light intensity and the mirror lights are ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluorescent lights come on 100% light intensity and the mirror lights are ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-24-00-00 CONF 00 Para 1."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The NAV lights include: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 28V lamps with green lens on the right-hand wing and 12V lamps on the rearward",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 12V lamps with green lens on the right-hand wing and 12V lamps on the rearward",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 28V lamps with green lens on the right hand wing and 28V lamps on the rearward",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-41-00-00 CONF 00 Para 3."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the landing lights come on? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing lights switch is in ON position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose landing gear down lock and landing light switch is in ON position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are extended, and landing light switch is in ON position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-42-00-00 CONF 00 Para 7."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The condition for the runway turn off lights come ON is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and MLG down locked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and NLG down locked",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and NLG retracted.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-43-00-00 CONF 00 Para 7."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the switch taxi take off light to the",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "O position: (B2)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 600W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 400W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both 600W lamps beam and 400W lamps beam come ON (only has GND signal from LGCIU1,2 when NLG downclocked)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-46-00-00 CONF 00 Para 7.B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The logo lights illuminate when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NAV and LOGO light switch is in position 1 or 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NAV and LOGO light switch is in position 1 or 2 and flap extend or ground signal take from LGCIU 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NAV and LOGO light switch is in position 1 or 2 and flap extend or ground signal take from LGCIU 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-47-00-00 CONF 00 Para 5."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the power from the DC essential bus bar is not available, how long can EPSU  supply the power to emergency lights: (A , B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 15 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 30 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Minimum 10 minutes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 70, SYSTEM DESCRIPTION – EPSU"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Two tests of the cabin emergency lighting system from the MCDU are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System test and battery capacity test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation test and Function test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System test and Function test",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 71, TEST"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The whole cabin lighting is controlled from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Circuit Breaker panel 2000 VU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS FAP only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any attendant station.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, ATA33 page 16, CABIN LIGHTS D/O, GENERAL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Emergency lights are supplied from the EPSU batteries when: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER light switch is in the ON position and the DC Essential Bus is supplied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER light switch is in the ARM position and the DC Essential Bus fails.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER P/B on the Forward Attendant Panel is pressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-51-00-00 CONF 00 Para 7."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The overhead exit marking and exit location signs come on automatically when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch FASTEN SEAT BELT in the ON position and landing gear is extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch EMER EXIT LT is in AUTO position and landing gear is extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch NO SMOKING is in AUTO position and landing gear is extended",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-51-00-00 CONF 00 Para 3.A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the switch taxi take off light to the",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "O position: (B1, B2)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 600W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 400W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both 600W lamps beam and 400W lamps beam come ON (only has GND signal from LGCIU1,2 when NLG downclocked)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-46-00-00 CONF 00 Para 7.B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In electrical emergency config, which cockpit lights remain on? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT dome light and RH CENTER lighting instrument panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/O dome light and LH CENTER lighting instrument panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/O dome light and LH and RH CENTER lighting instrument panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens in case of data bus failure? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin illumination comes on at 50% intensity level",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin and entrance illumination come on at full intensity level",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the lights go off",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which lights come on when the LIGHT EMER p/b is pressed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Escape path markings and cabin emergency lighting",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Auxiliary Lav light",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Escape path markings and cabin emergency lighting, exit signs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If both FMGECs have failed, the third RMP: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically operate in RADIO NAV backup tuning mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates only in RADIO NAV backup mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Does not operate in RADIO NAV backup mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 34: NAVIGATION",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-53-00-00 CONF 01 - ADF - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS 1 DATA is displayed on the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT ND and F/O PFD.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT PFD and F/O ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT and F/O ND",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-36-00-00 CONF 01 - INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM (ILS) (MULTI MODE RECEIVER (MMR) - INCLUDING GPS OR THE DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (DGPS) FUNCTION) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Position of ADMs in relation with pitot and static probes: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near and above the level of the probes for self draining when aircraft on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the level of pitot probes and below the level of static probes.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always below the level of relating probes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-11-00-00 CONF 03 - SENSOR, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which information is computed by ADR? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATT, CAS, M",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ALT, CAS, M",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ALT, CAS, M, V/S, SAT, TAT",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-13-00-00 CONF 03 - AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The function of 2 GPS antennas is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One for transmitting, the other for receiving",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Receiving only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each antenna can be used to transmitting or receiving",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-36-00-00 CONF 01 - INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM (ILS) (MULTI MODE RECEIVER (MMR) - INCLUDING GPS OR THE DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (DGPS) FUNCTION) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On installation of ATC, TCAS, RA, DME antennas, the electrical bonding of antenna is made: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through the attachment screws.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through a bonding cable.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No bonding is required for antennas.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 34-43-11-000/400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A second qualified CRS is required to do a visual inspection of the quick disconnect coupling connection when replacing: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "More than 1 pitot probe or more than 1 ADM.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pitot and static probe of the same side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "More than 1 static probe.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 34-11-00-170-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Standby Pitot and Standby Static Probe supply total and static pressure: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly to standby instruments",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ADR3 via ADM3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly to standby instruments and to ADR3 via ADM3.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-13-00-00 CONF 03 - AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR) system is composed of an Instrument Landing System (ILS) and: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Global Positioning System (GPS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Radio Altimeter (RA).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A GPS and RA",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-36-00-00 CONF 01 - INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM (ILS) (MULTI MODE RECEIVER (MMR) - INCLUDING GPS OR THE DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (DGPS) FUNCTION) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ATC/TCAS Control Unit control the: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATC transponders and TCAS computer directly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATC transponders directly and the TCAS computer through the ATC transponders.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TCAS computer directly and the ATC transponders through the TCAS computer.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-43-10-00 CONF 00 - T2CAS - TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If RA1 fails: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RA 2 provides data to the EGPWC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGEC1 provides data to the EGPWC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EGPWC no longer receives radio altitude data.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-42-00-00 CONF 00 - RADIO ALTIMETER (RA) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is TRUE regarding Marker beacon system (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Marker beacon system has its own receiver",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is only one Marker beacon system whose receiver is a part of VOR/MRK receiver 1.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is only one Marker beacon system whose receiver is a part of VOR/MRK receiver 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-55-00-00 CONF 00 - VOR/MARKER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If MSG “NAV LS TUNING DISAGREE” is shown on UPPER ECAM, what is the first action that should be done? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a reset MMR1 then MMR2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a reset FCDC1 then FCDC2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the LAND CAT III Capability test .",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 22-97-00-00 CONF 00 - LAND CAT III CAPABILITY TEST - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "No Weather Radar image on NDs, what circumstance should be reviewed first before doing the test of Weather Radar? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type of ND DU (CRT or LCD)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fault of Avionic Ventilation system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fault of Weather Radar transceiver",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 34-41-00-740-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During maintenance operations, to prevent automatic activation of the Predictive Wind shear System (PWS): A, B1, B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Weather Radar SYS switch must be set to OFF and the PWS switch set to OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Weather Radar SYS switch must be set to OFF and the PWS switch set to AUTO.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The WX/TURB selector must be set to WX, and the PWS switch must be set to STANDBY",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-41-00-00 CONF 01 - WEATHER RADAR (WXR) SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Vertical Speed (V/S) is computed by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IR",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either ADR or IR",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-13-00-00 CONF 03 - AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is displayed on PFD if the inertial vertical speed is not available? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A red V/S flag comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Baro V/S data from ADR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatic replace by Baro vertical speed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-13-00-00 CONF 03 - AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "An altitude discrepancy between two PFDs is detected by: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADIRS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-64-00-00 CONF 00 - PFD - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DME and ATC antennas are identical and: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Interchangeable",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Switchable",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not interchangeable",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-51-00-00 CONF 00 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When A/C on ground and the ATC mode selector is in AUTO position: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Selected ATC transponder operates with all its functions",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Selected ATC transponder does not operate",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The selected transponder operates only mode S",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-52-00-00 CONF 00 - ATC/MODE S (SELECT) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which information can be provided by GPS system: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Position (latitude and longitude)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude, Latitude and Longitude",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-36-00-00 CONF 01 - INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM (ILS) (MULTI MODE RECEIVER (MMR) - INCLUDING GPS OR THE DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (DGPS) FUNCTION) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The message “GPS PRIMARY” is displayed: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the bottom of the image in all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS is not used for navigation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the bottom of the image in all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS becomes primary",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the bottom of the image in all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS approach is selected in the flight plan",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-36-00-00 CONF 01 - INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM (ILS) (MULTI MODE RECEIVER (MMR) - INCLUDING GPS OR THE DIGITAL GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (DGPS) FUNCTION) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Residual ground speed can be checked on: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFDs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NDs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both PFDs and NDs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the ATT mode, IR supplying: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, heading, angular rates and accelerations",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude and heading",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Massage CHECK HDG detected by which computer? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADIRUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Message CHECK ATT detected by which computer? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDACs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADIRUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In which EFIS modes on ND are TCAS targets displayed? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All modes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All ROSE modes and ARC mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All ROSE modes except ROSE LS, and ARC mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-65-00-00 CONF 00 - NAVIGATION DISPLAY (ND) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the Terrain Awareness Display (TAD) function of the EGPWS generates a caution/warning message with the TERR ON ND selected OFF, which of the following statements is correct? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An aural \"Terrain Ahead, Pull Up\" will be heard and you should select the TERR ON ND pushbutton ON unless the weather display is required",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Terrain is automatically displayed on the ND and the ON light of the TERR ON ND pushbutton comes on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With the TERR ON ND pushbutton selected OFF, the terrain function of the EGPWS is inhibited.Ref AMM 34-43-20-00 CONF 00 - T2CAS - TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WARNING SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the Predictive Windshear system aural alerts? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are inhibited by TCAS, GPWS and other FWC aural alerts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are inhibited by windshear detected by FMGEC and stall warning aural messages.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They have priority over windshear detected by FMGC and stall warning aural messages",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-41-00-00 CONF 01 - WEATHER RADAR (WXR) SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What will be displayed on the ND when the weather radar is ON, and the TERR ON ND switch is also ON? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Weather Radar information.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Terrain information.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both weather and terrain information.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-65-00-00 CONF 00 - NAVIGATION DISPLAY (ND) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What actions are required if after a 3-hour flight the POSITION MONITOR page indicates that the Radial Position Error for a particular IRS is 18 nm? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No action is required unless GS > 15 kt",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Aircraft can be dispatched if it is the first time and an entry is recorded in the Maintenance Log identifying the associated IRS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ADIRU must be replaced.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In order to access BACKUP NAV mode on the MCDU MENU, it is necessary to have the FM source selected switch in position: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BOTH ON 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BOTH ON 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NORM position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Barometric settings to the ADIRU's are made: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the Barometric setting knobs on the FCU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Via the MCDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ADIRS switching panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-64-00-00 CONF 00 - PFD - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "VOR data can be displayed on: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both NDs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both PFDs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both PFDs and NDs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-55-00-00 CONF 00 - VOR/MARKER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The airspeed indication on the PFD starts at: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "80 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30 knots.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-64-00-00 CONF 00 - PFD - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Radio Height is displayed on the PFD: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below 2500 feet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the LOC or APPR p/b is pressed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When a Decision Height is selected",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-42-00-00 CONF 00 - RADIO ALTIMETER (RA) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the affected displays can be manually selected over to ADR 3 by the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECAM/ND transfer selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AIR DATA selector",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATT HDG selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-11-00-00 CONF 03 - SENSOR, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The AOA sensor provides: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A single signal to the Air Data Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) and receives a self-test signal from it",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two independent signals through two independent sensing elements",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A primary and a backup signal to each ADIRU",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-11-00-00 CONF 03 - SENSOR, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the rapid realignment? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back to NAV within 5 seconds. The align completes in 60 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do rapid realignment only if the ground speed is not greater than 20 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The realignment is initialized with existing attitude, heading angles and velocities",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ON BAT indicator in ADIRS Mode Selector Unit comes on when? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One or more ADIRUs are supplied by batteries.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You align ADIRUs with only batteries supplied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Battery is not able to supply the ADIRUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Alignment of the IRS system is done: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With IR rotary selectors set at ATT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With ADIRS pushbutton switches at ON position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With the A/C in static condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-14-00-00 CONF 03 - ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When working on gaseous oxygen system, safety precaution: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop all refueling, all repairs on fuel and hydraulic systems, all procedures that use flammable material such as cleaning and de-icing materials",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate VHF system and carry out maintenance on VHF system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate HF system and carry out maintenance on HF system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 35: OXYGEN",
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 35-OXYGEN, page 22, OXYGEN SAFETY IN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Indicating of flight crew oxygen system on ECAM DOOR/OXY page is sent through: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMC1, DMC2 and DMC3,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWC1 and FWC2,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDAC1 and SDAC2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 35-OXYGEN, page 38, CREW OXYGEN SYSTEM D/O"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you do leakage test of the LP oxygen for the crew, you can: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the nitrogen source,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the Oxygen Cylinder source,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the nitrogen source or the Oxygen Cylinder source.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 35-10-00-790-801-A (REV 11/2024)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CKPT OXY indication in amber on ECAM DOOR/OXY page when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CREW SUPPLY P/BSW is OFF and oxygen high pressure is less than 400 PSI,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is detection low pressure in high pressure system or regulated low pressure,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressure goes below 300 PSI or low oxygen pressure is detected or the overhead panel’s OXYGEN CREW SUPPLY pushbutton is OFF.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. FCOM - VJC (A330/A340) - DSC - 35 - 20 - 20 - ECAM DOOR/OXY PAGE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Numerical value (in PSI) for oxygen high pressure indicates in cross amber when: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure is less than 400 PSI",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure is less than 1500 PSI",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen high pressure information is not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 35-OXYGEN, page 38, CREW OXYGEN SYSTEM D/O"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When visual inspection PBE in cockpit you found vacuum sealed bag is inflated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This is serviceable one, if date of overhaul is not due,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must replace it with a new one.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can defer defect refer MEL if spare not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-30-00-210-802-A (REV 11/2024) step 4."
    },
    {
        "ch": "For passenger oxygen system. To avoid the full release of all the oxygen masks during do functional test of the automatic Mask release, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull out the test push buttons and turn them 90 degrees to the TEST position on all of the emergency oxygen containers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull out the door stops and turn them 180 degrees to the TEST position on all the emergency oxygen containers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply high speed tape around all the emergency containers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 35-OXYGEN, page 68, PASSENGER GASEOUS OXYGEN SYSTEM D/O, QCCU TEST / FUNCTIONAL TEST"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For passenger oxygen system. When you do operational test of a circuit of the emergency oxygen containers, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open, safety and tag all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open, safety and tag all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers except the circuit breaker of the area being checked.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-21-00-710-805-A (REV 11/2024)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The functional test of regulator can be done by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressing the TEST/EMERGENCY knob",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressing the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET push button,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release CREW SUPPLY push button,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 35-OXYGEN, page 44, CREW OXYGEN SYSTEM D/O, REGULATOR"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before remove the crew oxygen cylinder, you must do: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the ON/OFF valve and bleed the oxygen system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure no leak in the oxygen system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure indication of crew oxygen system are available on ECAM DOOR/OXY page,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-41-000-801-A (REV 11/2024) step 3."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When CREW SUPPLY push button is pushed in and oxygen high pressure equal or more than 600psi. Indication of oxy high pressure on ECAM DOOR/OXY page is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CKPT OXY label in white, oxy high pressure value in green",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OXY label and oxy high pressure in green, unit of oxy high pressure in blue,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CKPT OXY label in green, oxy high pressure in blue and unit of oxy high pressure in white,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-13-00-00 CONF 00 step 5.A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When carry out detailed inspection of the Portable Oxygen cylinder attachment you must make sure that: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attachment brackets are not cracked and the tie down fittings are not worn",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The portable oxygen cylinders are held in position satisfactorily",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attachment brackets are in good condition, brackets are not cracked, tie down fittings are not worn, the portable oxygen cylinders are held in position satisfactorily.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-30-00-210-803-A (REV 11/2024) step 4."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you replace crew oxygen cylinder/valve assembly you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced conical seal on the HP oxygen-overpressure hose by new one.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced rubber O-ring seal on the HP oxygen-overpressure hose by new one,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced seals on the HP oxygen-overpressure and LP oxygen-overpressure hoses with new ones.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-41-400-801-A (REV 11/2024) step 4."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To inspect oxygen pressure for flight crew. The reference temperature is calculated by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average outside air temperature (OAT) and cabin temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average outside air temperature (OAT) and avionic compartment temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overage of outside air temperature (OAT) and cockpit temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-10-00-040-803-A (REV 11/2024) step 4."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What functions are ensured by pressure regulator/transmitter? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reduce the HP delivered by the oxygen cylinder in LP compatible with the distribution equipment,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Generate an electrical signal proportional to the cylinder pressure,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reduce the HP delivered by the oxygen cylinder in LP compatible with the distribution equipment, generate an electrical signal proportional to the cylinder pressure, ensure the pressure safety of the low-pressure circuit, allow the replenishment of the cylinder.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-00-00 CONF 00 step 1."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following components belong to the distribution circuit? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One electrical LP solenoid supply valve and one mechanical distribution manifold,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four full face quick donning masks and their associated oxygen storage boxes,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One electrical LP solenoid supply valve, one mechanical distribution manifold, low pressure supply and distribution pipes (flexible and rigid), four full face quick donning masks and their associated oxygen storage boxes.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-12-00-00 CONF 00 step 3"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you do detail inspection/check of mask full face/quick donning, you do: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the correct position of mask lock.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check correct torque of the retaining screw.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check correct torque of the retaining screw and correct position of the mask lock.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-12-41-200-804-A (REV 11/2024) step 4"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the OXYGEN ON flag at the crew oxygen stowage box indicate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The regulator functional test has been performed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The piston valve is open",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a failure in the system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During the mask is stowed inside the box, when is the mask regulator supplied by oxygen pressure? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET p/b is pressed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, always",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, when the door is closed, the piston valve shuts off the oxygen supply",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you test by pressing the harness inflation control lever? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leaks in the harness",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation of the emergency system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leaks in the regulator",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the FAULT light on the TIMER RESET p/b come on? B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the latch assemblies of the containers have not been supplied",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If there is a failure of one SWITCH OFF relay",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If there is a failure of both SWITCH OFF relays",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the cabin attendants supplied with oxygen? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From chemical oxygen generators",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the portable oxygen cylinders",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the PBE and the high-pressure oxygen cylinders fitted with continuous flow type masks",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you press the oxygen MAN ON p/b? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SYS ON indicator come on, TMR RESET switch FAULT light stays off, Emer announcement starts, Oxygen box doors open",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SYS ON indicator stays off, TMR RESET switch FAULT light stays off, Emer announcement starts, Oxygen box doors open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SYS ON indicator come on, TMR RESET switch FAULT light comes on, Emer announcement starts, Oxygen box doors open",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you push the oxygen TMR RESET p/b? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMR RESET switch ON indicator comes on, SYS ON light goes off, emergency announcement stops",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMR RESET switch ON indicator comes on, SYS ON light comes on, emergency announcement stops",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMR RESET switch ON indicator goes off, SYS ON light goes off, emergency announcement stops",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should be checked on the PBE before FLT? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator shows the operational colour, a pictogram is installed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator shows the operational colour, the tamper seal is not broken",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator is vacuum packed, the tamper seal is not broken",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In automatic mode, the cross-bleed valve: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes if the system detects an air leak of APU duct (except during engine start).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normally opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes if the system detects an air leak (except in flight).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normally opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes automatically if the system detects an air leak (except on ground).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 36: PNEUMATIC SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 42, LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM D/O, APU LOOPS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the pylon loop is inoperative (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is not affected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is lost",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is transferred to the opposite BMC",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 42"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each engine bleed system is designed to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Regulate bleed air pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Regulate bleed air temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Regulate bleed air pressure and temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 10, ENGINE BLEED AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GENERAL. D/O, GENERAL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When engine anti-ice and wing anti-ice are in use, and a BMC detects a bleed leak: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    " Only the engine anti-ice on the associated side will be lost.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    " The wing and engine anti-ice on the associated side will be lost.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    " The wing anti-ice on the associated side will be lost, and the engine anti-ice on the associated side will continue to function.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 42"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air leakage detection is based on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Double looped sensing units in pylon, wings, mid fuselage and APU ducts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Single loop for pylon and double loops for wings, mid fuselage and APU ducts.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Single loop for pylon, APU and double loops for wings and mid fuselage ducts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 40, LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM D/O, GENERAL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one BMC fails, the remaining BMC takes over the monitoring of the bleed system to issue the following ECAM warnings if necessary: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Over pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Over temperature",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Both over pressure and temperature",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 22 and page 30"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ECAM bleed page: when is the GND symbol displayed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Whenever the aircraft is on the ground",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  All the time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "  Only when a ground air supply is connected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 60, PNEUMATIC SYSTEM LINE MAINTENANCE, MAINTENANCE TIPS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of overpressure (the PRV does not operate correctly), the engine bleed system protection is ensured by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled Overpressure Valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically operated, electrically controlled Overpressure Valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled Fan Air Valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 22, ENGINE BLEED AIR PRESSURE REGULATION SYSTEM D/O, OVERPRESSURE VALVE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the engine bleed system, the auto switching between HP and IP source is (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically achieved by internal EEC logic",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled by BMC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically achieved",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 14, HP/IP TRANSFER D/O, NORMAL OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The temperature regulation of the engine bleed air is performed by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fan Air Valve (FAV).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Bleed Valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HP bleed valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 12, ENGINE BLEED AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GENERAL. D/O, TEMPERATURE LIMITATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of PRV (Pressure Regulating Valve) is controlled to close: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) is also controlled to close pneumatically",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) is also controlled to close electrically",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) close/open state is independent from PRV position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-00-00 CONF 22, para 7."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressure regulation of the engine bleed air is performed by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Pressure Regulating Valve (PRV), which is controlled by the Thermostat Solenoid (THS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fan Air Valve (FAV), which is controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Overpressure valve, which is controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 22, ENGINE BLEED AIR PRESSURE REGULATION SYSTEM D/O, SYSTEM DESCRIPTION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Thermostat Solenoid (THS) controls the Pressure Regulating Valve (PRV) in pneumatic mode: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is energized by engine bleed p/b OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is de-energized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is energized by BMC",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Refer AMM 36-11-00-00 CONF 22, para 6."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine bleed air temperature is regulated by the Fan Air Valve (FAV) controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure always 200°C outlet air",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure always 150°C outlet air",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure 150°C or 200°C outlet air depending on A/C configuration (Pack temperature demand, Wing Anti-ice use",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 12, ENGINE BLEED AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GENERAL. D/O, TEMPERATURE LIMITATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one BMC fails: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dedicated wing and pylon leak detection is lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding pylon leak detection is lost only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dedicated pylon and APU leak detection is lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 42, LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM D/O, BMC LOOP MONITORING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the HPV, PRV deactivated (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin secured the valve shaft in closed position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin ensures the motive pressure of the valve opening chamber to vent outboard (to vent the opening pressure)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin ensures the valve shaft in opened positon.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 56, PNEUMATIC SYSTEM LINE MAINTENANCE, MEL/DEACTIVATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The test port of the HPV, PRV is used to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check leak of the sense lines and assembly",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Simulate the operation of the valves",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check leak of the sense lines and assembly and simulate the operation of the valves",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.AMM 36-11-00-720-820-A (rev 11/24)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crossbleed valve is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid controlled and pneumatically operated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled, operated by two electrical motors.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled, operated by one electrical motor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 8, BLEED AIR DISTRIBUTION AND SUPPLY D/O, CROSSBLEED SYSTEM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When start the right engine using ground air supply: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in close position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in auto position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in open position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-12-00-00 CONF 00, para 7."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ENG bleed ‘FAULT’ light comes on amber when (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One corresponding wing loop is inoperative",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure, over temperature occurs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One corresponding wing loop is inoperative and overpressure, over temperature occurs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 42, LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM D/O, LEAK DETECTION OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Failure of which component does NOT cause the associated bleed system to be inoperative? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FAV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPV",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 36-11"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal condition, if both engine and APU bleed sources are selected ON, what will supply to the packs? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU bleed only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine bleed 1 for Pack1 and Engine bleed 2 for Pack 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wrong configuration, no bleed can supply the packs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 6, BLEED AIR DISTRIBUTION AND SUPPLY D/O, APU BLEED VALVE CONTROL"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From the Cockpit, how can you know that the HP pneumatic GND cart is connected to the A/C? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The only way is to confirm with GND staff.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the “GND” indication on the ECAM BLEED page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the “GND” indication on the control panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700, 36-PNEUMATIC, page 60, PNEUMATIC SYSTEM LINE MAINTENANCE"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which pneumatic ducts are monitored by a double loop detection system? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pylons",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wings and packs",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if BMC1 is lost? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pylon 1 and APU leak detection are lost",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pylon 1 and LH wing/pack leak detections are lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU and LH wing/pack leak detections are lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the XBleed valve is selected CLOSED, and the APU bleed valve is open? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRVs 1 and 2 are closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRV1 is closed and PRV2 may regulated",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRV2 is closed and PRV1 may regulated",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens to the XBleed valve in AUTO mode when a pneumatic leak occurs? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It regulates",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It closes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens to the APU bleed valve when an LH pneumatic leak occurs? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It regulates",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It closes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The potable water system can be serviced: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With electrical power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Without electrical power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With electrical power or without electrical power.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 38: WATER/WASTE",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-15-38-613-801-A & AMM 12-15-38-613-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight, the water tanks are pressurized by. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurized air comes from the bleed air system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground air pressure supply system or a compressor is installed (optional).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurized air comes from the APU Bleed air system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-614-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water from the lavatories and galleys is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drained overboard via two heated drain masts.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drained to the waste tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for rinsing the toilet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - WASTE WATER DRAIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can a leak in a lavatory be isolated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By depressurizing the water tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By setting the manual water shut-off valve of the lavatory to the closed position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Vacuum System Controller will open the filling line drain valve automatically.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many water service and drain panels are fitted on the aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which service panels are used to drain the water system? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward, middle and Aft.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can preselection keys be used to preselect the water quantity during refilling (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, preselection of water quantity is only available when the water service panel door is closed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, in this case you must select the water quantity only at the water service panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, it doesn’t matter",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The preselection control unit when the water quantity has reached the preselected level. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the fill/drain/overflow valve in the corresponding tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the shut off valve in the corresponding tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes drain valve and shut off valve in corresponding tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressurization of the potable water tanks is achieved by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compressor only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system or a ground air pressure supply.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From which sources are the water tanks normally pressurized in flight? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An optional electrical compressor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water service panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water heater is automatically switch off in case of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low level quantity in the heater",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low inlet line pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low level quantity in the heater or low inlet line pressure",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water disposal is achieved in flight. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By gravity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure and gravity action.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - WASTE WATER DRAIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water disposal is achieved on ground. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By gravity.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure and gravity action.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - WASTE WATER DRAIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The waste water Drain Masts are electrically heated (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground and in flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - WASTE WATER DRAIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the complete toilet system monitored? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Vacuum System Controller.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Vacuum Generator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Flush Control Unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To help flushing of the toilet bowls, water is supplied from the (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water of the lavatories and galleys",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Potable water system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water of galleys.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Toilet operation is sequenced by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Flush Control Unit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Vacuum System Controller.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Vacuum Generator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the vacuum generator run? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground and at low altitude",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The vacuum generators generate the necessary vacuum: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To drain the waste tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the differential pressure between cabin and atmosphere is insufficient.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the waste material transported to the Waste Holding tank? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the vacuum created inside the tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By water flushing and gravity effect.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By water pressure action.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To rinse the toilet bowl and facilitate evacuation of waste during the Flush Cycle, the system uses (A, B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water from galley.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water from lavatory.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fresh water from the potable water system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you work on the toilet waste system and the portable system at the same time? (A, B1.B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the two systems are independent.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, it can cause the contamination to the portable water system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, water from portable water system will flow to waste system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you set the water quantity at FAP 120 RH at any time ? (A, B1.B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when PWSP access door 164 AR is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when PWSP access door 164 AR is opened",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when A/C is energized and PWSP access door 164AR is closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 CONF 00 - QUANTITY INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push preselection key on FAP 120RH, (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The preselection value for two portable water tanks is made at the same time.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The first time is for tank 1 and the second time is for tank 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The first time is for tank 2 and the second time is for tank 1.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 CONF 00 - QUANTITY INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When water from faucet in LAV cannot stop, what should you do? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can disconnect the water line to the faucet and INOP the LAV.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the faucet and install the dummy.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the SOV and deactivate the LAV.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When water form faucet in LAV cannot stop and we close the SOV (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water flows from faucet stop so we can use toilet in that LAV normally.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the water supply to that LAV stop and the LAV is considered inoperative.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water stops flowing to faucet and still supply to toilet line.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is aircraft configuration to refill the water tanks? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can only refill the water tanks when A/C is energized",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can only refill the water tanks when Preselection unit is energized",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It does not matter if the aircraft is energized or not.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-15-38-613-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The drains masts of waste water can be (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated only on the ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated only in flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated on the ground and in flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - WASTE WATER DRAIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water tanks are pressurized can using (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only A/C pneumatic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Electrical compressor",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical compressor and A/C pneumatic system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-11-00-00 CONF 00 - WATER STORAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electrical compressor for water tanks does not operate when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water service door is opened",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water service door is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFT drain panel is opened",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-11-00-00 CONF 00 - WATER STORAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water drain mast is heating by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electricity.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumaticity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electricity and pneumaticity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-14-00-00 CONF 00 - WATER DRAINING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where you can check water quantity (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the FAP",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct on the gauge of water tank",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the FAP and on the portable water service panel (optionally)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 CONF 00 - QUANTITY INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the vacuum generator operate? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 16000 ± 700 ft.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 18000 ± 700 ft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 20000± 700 ft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the device inhibiting operation of vacuum generators during servicing (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flush Control Unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vacuum system controller.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste service door switch.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before removal of the waste level transmitter (11MG, 111MG), you must (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the toilet are operative.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste tanks are empty by draining the waste holding tanks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste tanks are empty by see waste tank empty on the FAP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 CONF 00 - TOILET SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The potable water Manual shut off valve located in the LAV is to? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related Galley and LAV.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related toilet and faucet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related LAV.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMS (CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM) is composed of:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two CMCs and two FWCs (Flight Warning Computer).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two CMCs and all aircraft system BITEs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACMS records significant operational parameters to monitor the engine",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 45: OMS",
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 45 – CMS Presentation And Page10 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCS centralize and memorize warnings generated by:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Warning Computers (FWCs)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All failure messages produced by the BITE function integrated in the A/C computers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Warning Computers (FWCs) and all failure messages produced by the BITE function integrated in the A/C computers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 45 – CMS Presentation and Page10 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The test which enables the maintenance staff to check that the systems are safe for flight and enable troubleshooting call:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System tests",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cyclic test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power-up test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 – T2 - ATA 45 – CMS Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which test generates stimuli to various command devices such as actuators or valves? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power-up test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "system tests",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "specific tests",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - T2 - ATA 45 - CMS Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Normally, two CMCs OPERATE :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number one is active, number two is in hot standby.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number two is active, number one is in hot standby.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both CMCs are active",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMS operates in two modes:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal mode and interactive mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground and flight mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON or OFF mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many MCDU can be used to access the CMS system simultaneously? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Architecture"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which mode of CMS, which is available on the ground only, the CMS allows the operator to retrieve trouble-shooting data and to initiate tests? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Interactive mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both normal mode and interactive mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 - CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of systems can memorize failures that occurred during the last 64 flights? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of systems can only memorize failures from the last flight? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 - CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The class failures have an operational consequence on the current flight is:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS-Failure Classification."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a failure occurs within a system, the bite will send a failure message to the CMCS called:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal failure",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The bite of each system interfacing with the affected system will send a failure message to the CMCS called:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External failure",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Function."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the post flight report cockpit effects, the warning to be presented with \"not displayed\" added to the message that mean:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during roll-out phase",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during a flight phase inhibit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during take-off phase.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS- CMS operation in normal mode."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The avionics configuration report enables access to the:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Equipment configuration report, Diskette configuration report and Configuration change report.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Diskette configuration report, MCDU configuration reports and servicing reports.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Diskette configuration report, Servicing reports and Equipment configuration reports.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 - CMS Avionics Configuration Reports."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The configuration change function is designed to:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate only the database number or the software reference changes through the Central Maintenance System (CMS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate the part number, the database number, or the software reference changes through the CMS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate only the software reference changes through the CMS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Avionics Configuration Reports."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of brightness (BRT) knob? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It only allows the screen brightness to be adjusted",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It allows the screen brightness to be adjusted and the MCDU to be reset",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It allows the MCDU and the associated FM to be reset",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of CMS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize ECAM warning only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize Bite Message only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize BITE messages and ECAM warnings.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the failure info memorized? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the system only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the CMC only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the CMC and in the system BITE",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the interactive mode available? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What must a class1 failure be fixed? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always before next FLT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the next scheduled maintenance check",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Before the next flight only when it is a NO GO item.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which function is used to enable access to a system bite? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "POST FLIGHT REPORT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "REPORT PROGRAMMING?",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SYSTEM REPORT/ TEST",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens to the post FLT reports when you install a CMC coming from another A/C? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "THE “FIRST A/C INSTALLATION” MSG WILL BE DISPLAYED",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "THE PREVIOUS POST FLT REPORTS WILL BE DISPLAYED",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "THE PREVIOUS POST FLT REPORTS WILL NOT BE DISPLAYED",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-13-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE COMPUTER (CMC) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which item displays only the internal failures of any class? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GROUND REPORT",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GROUND SCANNING",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAST LEG REPORT",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of CMC switching, how can CMC 2 receive bite information ARINC MSG? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "THROUGH CMC 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DIRECTLY",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DIRECTLY AND THROUGH CMC 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-13-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE COMPUTER (CMC) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Servicing report can be presented in: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "COMPLETE FORMAT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "COUPON MODE",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMS-SERVICING COUPONS",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "An ATC message is indicated in the cockpit by means of… (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…two ATC message lights.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…two master caution lights.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…a buzzer only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 46: INFORMATION",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you check the frequency used by VHF 3 for data transfer of the ATSU? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pressing the RMP 3 transfer key.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By selection of the VHF 1 Data Mode page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By selection of the VHF 3 Data Mode page.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Is it possible to tune VHF 3 from the MCDU ATSU menu? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not in voice mode, in data mode only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, from the ATSU COMM menu.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can the DCDUs (Data link Communication Display Units) be tested? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a test button on the DCDUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the system test from the CMS/ATIMS menu.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The annunciator light test triggers the DCDU test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of a message from the ATC station, the aural alert is generated… (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Flight Warning Computer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Air Traffic Services Unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Audio Management Unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the ATC COMM Pushbutton on the MCDU? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To establish ATC communication.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To access the ATC communication log.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To access the ATSU ATC menu.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the air traffic service unit (ATSU) \"COMM CONFIG\" MCDU functions is to: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Initialize and activate the on-board peripherals functions and services.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Initialize and activate Airline Operational Control (AOC) hosted applications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Initialize and activate the air-ground communications functions and services.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of the functions carried out through the air traffic service unit (ATSU) \"VHF3 VOICE DIRECTORY\" MCDU page is to show: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "And activate a voice frequency.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An ordered list of authorized service providers usable for data communications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ATSU Router Status of the on-board peripherals.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The operational test of the air traffic service unit (ATSU) is used to: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the voice mode only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the ATSU router configuration only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the ATSU router configuration and to test the voice mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The mandatory parameters required for the initialization of the air traffic service unit (ATSU) router are: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A city pair identification, an aircraft registration number and a valid scan mask.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An aircraft registration number, a valid airline identification and a valid scan mask.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An aircraft registration number and a valid scan mask only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of the functions carried out through the air traffic service unit (ATSU) \"MAINTENANCE\" MCDU menu is to: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicate an ordered list of authorized service providers usable for data communications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the link between the communication media and a ground network.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Verify the communication status of the ATSU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air traffic service unit (ATSU) is interfaced with the automatic flight system (AFS) for: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin administrative data exchanges.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight operational data exchanges.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Communication data exchanges.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The system used in pre-future air navigation system (pre-fans) configuration to exchange data between aircraft and ground systems is the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) network.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avionics Data Communication Network (ADCN).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) built in test equipment (BITE) function is ensured by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Central Maintenance Computer (CMC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATSU and the Datalink Control and Display Unit (DCDU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The uploading of the ATSU (AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE UNIT) software package is possible: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight and on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only, through the Data Loader.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight and on ground for the uploading of all AOC (Airline Operational Control) applications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The \"ATC MSG\" indicator lights are used for: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for message transmission.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for frequency tuning prior to message reception.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for message reception.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ATSU (air traffic service unit) function which provides transmission of data to the airline is called: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATS Facilities Notification (AFN).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airline Operation Control (AOC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The check of the airline operational control (AOC) software part number is done through: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Airline Operational Control (AOC) CONFIGURATION page.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LAST LEG REPORT page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SPECIFIC DATA page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The router initialization procedure provides the air traffic service unit (ATSU) with: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Aircraft Registration Number (ARN) and the VHF3 Scan Mask.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The VHF3 Scan Mask and both Airlines IDENT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ARN, the VHF3 Scan Mask and both Airlines IDENT.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To control the vhf data radio (VDR) 3 switching between voice and data mode, there are discrete interfaces between the: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU), VDR3, and the MCDU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATSU, VDR3, the Radio Management Panel (RMP) and the MCDU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATSU, VDR3 and the RMP.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Aircraft Information Network System (AINS) acquires, stores, processes and transmits avionics – related data to: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The maintenance operator to help to the trouble shooting, The airline network via the airport ground – based network.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight crew to perform performance calculations, consult documentation, etc.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The maintenance operator to help to the trouble shooting, the airline network via the airport ground – based network, the flight crew to perform performance calculations, consult documentation, etc.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-00-00-00 CONF 00 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When replace Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) you must: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uploading of the ATSU software",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uploading of the VHF3 software and the ATSU software",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uploading of the VHF3 software and the ATSU software and the FMGECs software",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-34-400-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Communication management of ATIMS is done with the following devices: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Satellite Communication (SATCOM),",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Satellite Communication (SATCOM) or the Very High Frequency Data Radio 3 (VDR3) or the High Frequency Data Radio 1 (HFDR1),",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Satellite Communication (SATCOM) and the Very High Frequency Data Radio 3 (VDR3) and the High Frequency Data Radio 1 (HFDR1).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are purposes of operational test of the ATSU: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the ATSU for correct operation in VOICE mode and in DATA mode,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the switching from one mode to the other mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the ATSU for correct operation in VOICE mode and in DATA mode and do a check of the switching from one mode to the other mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-21-00-00 CONF 00 - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ATIMS) - COMPONENTS AND INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit information systems are: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air traffic and information management system (ATIMS), The air traffic services (ATS) and the airline information services (AIS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air traffic services (ATS) and the airline information services (AIS), Air Traffic service unit (ATSU) router",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air traffic and information management system (ATIMS), The air traffic services (ATS) and the airline information services (AIS),Air traffic service unit (ATSU) router.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM  46-00-00-00 CONF 00 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the RAT door installed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RH Belly fairing",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RH Flap track fairing No.4",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LH Flap track fairing No.4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 51-57",
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many emergency exits are installed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg2"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are two triangular openings to enable the access for maintenance located in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rear spar",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The front spar",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From aft cargo lining",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg102"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wing leading edge is fitted with seven slats. Which slats are de-iced? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 4 to 7",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 5 to 7",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 4 to 6",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg120"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Trailing Edge (TE) movable surfaces are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 6 spoilers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 5 spoilers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 7 spoilers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 134"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger/crew doors are opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 52: DOORS",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door seal around the door is inflated through holes when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft in flight only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin is depressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin pressure is available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Whichh component maintains the door parallel to the fuselage? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two guide arms",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the support arm.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The guide rollers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door does not move when in the fully opened position by (A, B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rubber door buffer",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door stay mechanism.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "two locking hooks located on the upper edge",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In \"ARMED\" mode, the arming mechanical linkage (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fixes the girt bar to the floor structure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Secures the girt bar to the door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Let the girt bar move freely between the door and the door floor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The red flashing light located below the viewing prism window: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the ARMED configuration of the evacuation system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warns the operator that the cabin is still pressurized.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the LOCKED condition of the door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The white light located below the viewing prism window: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the ARMED configuration of the evacuation system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warns the operator that the cabin is still pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the LOCKED condition of the door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the damper and emergency cylinder work as a damper? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the arming lever is in \"DISARMED\" position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the door is fully closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the arming lever is in \"ARMED\" position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The gear box allows (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outer handle does not move when the inner handle is operated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inner handle does not move when the outer handle is operated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outer handle moves simultaneously when the inner handle is operated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "All the support arms are (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Interchangeable.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Symmetrical between LH and RH passenger door and not interchangeable.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Symmetrical between LH and RH passenger door and interchangeable if they are on the same side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component keeps the passenger door stays in the lifted position when it is open (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lifting shaft",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lowering shaft.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door stay mechanism",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the safety pin lock the arming lever? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In ARMED position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In DISARMED position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both A and B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you open the door from outside in ARMED mode? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The system is automatically disarmed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white light comes on.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The escape slide deploys.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each passenger door is equipped with: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One mechanical indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two electrical indicators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two mechanical indicators.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many emergency exit doors are installed on the A330 aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Six.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-20-00-00 CONF 00 - EMERGENCY EXIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FWD and AFT cargo door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical in design and in operation, but not in size.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical in size and in operation, but not in design.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical only in operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 CONF 00 - CARGO - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pump handle is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for closing only, even with or without electric pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for assisting the hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Located in the green hydraulic ground service panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 CONF 00 - CARGO - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FWD and AFT cargo doors are opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 CONF 00 - CARGO - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the red flag indicator show? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks are not correctly fully latched.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching handle has been operated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding hook is not locked.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the green light fitted near the manual selector valve indicate? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The yellow hydraulic pressure is available to operate the door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is fully opened & locked.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is correctly unlatched & unlocked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cargo door, behind the flapper door, a red light flashes when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a residual pressure in the cabin.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks are not locked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is unlatched",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power to operate the cargo door actuation system is supplied by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Green hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Blue hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow hydraulic system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The latching handle operates (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks which secure the door to the door frame.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching shaft to secure the hooks in the latched position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A locking shaft which secures the latching shaft when the hooks are closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Locking handle operates (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A locking shaft which secures the latching shaft when the hooks are closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks which secure the door to the door frame.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching shaft to release or lock the hooks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can we operate the cargo door without the electrical power (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, by using the hand pump",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, by using the mechanical driven device",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the yellow electrical pump is the only way to operate the cargo door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many people are required for manually operate the cargo door (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the interlock mechanism installed for? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid locking before latching (correct sequencing).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent latching shaft rotation and latching handle returning to the closed position when cargo door is opened.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintain the ten indicator flags in the door opened position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For cargo door operation (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches (of the cargo loading system) must be in LATCHED position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches (of the cargo loading system) must be in UNLATCHED position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches position is not affected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During normal operation of the cargo door (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow system leak measurement isolation valve is automatically controlled shut",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow system motor valve block of the Flap PCU is latched in off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow system leak measurement isolation valve is automatically controlled shut and The Yellow system motor valve block of the Flap PCU is latched in off",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-0 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During manual operate of the cargo door (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is energized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is de-energized.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is not affected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Bulk cargo door is opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The bulk cargo door latch assembly located on (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lower edge.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The upper edge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both sides.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Bulk cargo door can operate from (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both from outside and inside",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is displayed on the DOOR ECAM page when the cargo door is fully opened? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Door fully opened.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door symbol is amber and green indicator light comes on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door symbol is green",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION and T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 – ATA52 Page111-112"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the electrical selector valve supplied? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the locking handle proximity sensor is NEAR, and the sill latches are up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the latching shaft proximity sensor is NEAR, and the sill latches are up.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the latching shaft proximity sensor is NEAR, and the sill latches are down.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Door & Slide Control System consists of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Proximity switches and a proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A pressure switch and an Autonomous Standby Power Supply Unit (ASPSU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Proximity switches and a proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU), A pressure switch and an Autonomous Standby Power Supply Unit (ASPSU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 – ATA52 Page152"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The functions of the DSCS are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door and Escape Slide Indicating and Warning, Residual Cabin Pressure Detection and Indicating,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo Doors Electrical Control and Indicating",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door and Escape Slide Indicating and Warning, Residual Cabin Pressure Detection and Indicating, Cargo Doors Electrical Control and Indicating",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION and Ref T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 – ATA52 Page152"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door operation starts as soon as: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is unlatched, and the selector is set to the open or close position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo loading sill latches are raised",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo loading sill latches are raised, the door is unlatched, and the selector is set to the open or close position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of loss of aircraft electrical power. Can the cabin pressure warning system be working? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, The ASPSU (Autonomous Standby Power Supply Unit) provides power to the PSCU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, The PSCU connected with the hot bus",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the PSCU need the aircraft DC power supply to generate the warning",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit door is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with one mechanical latch electrically released.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with three mechanical latches electrically released.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with three mechanical latches mechanically released.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit door is locked: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when it is closed, and the aircraft is powered.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when the aircraft is in flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually by the crew only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal mode, in case of no response from the pilots, at a request to entry in the cockpit by the cabin attendant crew: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door remains closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door opens automatically after a defined time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door can be opened by the cabin attendant crew.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the emergency mode is activated from the keypad with the cockpit door toggle switch in norm neutral position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches remain locked, and access is not possible from the cabin.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches are unlocked, and access is possible from the cabin.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches will unlock automatically after a preset time delay.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A locked cockpit door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be always opened from the cabin side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be always opened from the cockpit side.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot be opened from the cockpit side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can access the avionics compartments from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit and the outside.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit, the outside and the cabin.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit, the outside, and the forward cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION INTERIOR DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    }
]